Annual Statements Open main menu

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC. - Quarter Report: 2015 March (Form 10-Q)



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-Q 
 
(Mark One)
ý
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015
or
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from              to             
Commission file number 001-35522
 
 
BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
04-3639825
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
18500 Von Karman Ave, Suite 1100, Irvine, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
92612
(Zip Code)
(855) 361-2262
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
¨
  
Accelerated filer
 
ý
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes ¨ No ý
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.
As of April 30, 2015, the registrant had outstanding 35,610,318 shares of voting common stock and 11 shares of Class B non-voting common stock.




BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT
March 31, 2015
Table of Contents
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1 –
 
 
 
Item 2 –
 
 
 
Item 3 –
 
 
 
Item 4 –
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1 –
 
 
 
Item 1A –
 
 
 
Item 2 –
 
 
 
Item 3 –
 
 
 
Item 4 –
 
 
 
Item 5 –
 
 
 
Item 6 –
 
 

2



Forward-looking Statements

When used in this report and in public stockholder communications, in other documents of Banc of California, Inc. (the Company, we, us and our) filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “should,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” “guidance” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. These statements may relate to our future financial performance, strategic plans or objectives, revenue, expense or earnings projections, or other financial items. By their nature, these statements are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the statements.

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected include, but are not limited to, the following:

i.
the ability of the Company to successfully integrate the branches its wholly owned bank subsidiary, Banc of California, N.A. (the Bank), acquired from Banco Popular North America (BPNA or Banco Popular);
ii.
risks that the Company’s merger and acquisition activities, including but not limited to the recent acquisition of the BPNA branches and the acquisitions of The Private Bank of California (PBOC), The Palisades Group, LLC and CS Financial, Inc., as well as the merger of the Company’s subsidiary banks, may disrupt current plans and operations and lead to difficulties in customer and employee retention, risks that the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to these transactions could be significantly higher than anticipated and risks that the expected revenues, cost savings, synergies and other benefits of these transactions might not be realized to the extent anticipated, within the anticipated timetables, or at all;
iii.
risks that funds obtained from capital raising activities will not be utilized efficiently or effectively;
iv.
a worsening of current economic conditions, as well as turmoil in the financial markets;
v.
the credit risks of lending activities, which may be affected by deterioration in real estate markets and the financial condition of borrowers, may lead to increased loan and lease delinquencies, losses and nonperforming assets in our loan and lease portfolio, and may result in our allowance for loan and lease losses not being adequate to cover actual losses and require us to materially increase our loan and lease loss reserves;
vi.
the quality and composition of our securities portfolio;
vii.
changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, or financial markets;
viii.
continuation of the historically low short-term interest rate environment, changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short- and long-term interest rates, deposit interest rates, our net interest margin and funding sources;
ix.
fluctuations in the demand for loans and leases, the number of unsold homes and other properties and fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values in our market area;
x.
results of examinations of us by regulatory authorities and the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses, write-down asset values, increase our capital levels, or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings;
xi.
legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business, including changes in regulatory capital or other rules;
xii.
our ability to control operating costs and expenses;
xiii.
staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect our work force and potential associated charges;
xiv.
errors in our estimates in determining fair value of certain of our assets, which may result in significant declines in valuation;
xv.
the network and computer systems on which we depend could fail or experience a security breach;
xvi.
our ability to attract and retain key members of our senior management team;
xvii.
costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments;

3



xviii.
increased competitive pressures among financial services companies;
xix.
changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits;
xx.
adverse changes in the securities markets;
xxi.
earthquake, fire or other natural disasters affecting the condition of real estate collateral;
xxii.
the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions;
xxiii.
inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us;
xxiv.
changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board or their application to our business, including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods;
xxv.
war or terrorist activities; and
xxvi.
other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services and the other risks described in this report and from time to time in other documents that we file with or furnish to the SEC, including, without limitation, the risks described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company undertakes no obligation to update any such statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made, except as required by law.



4



PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(Unaudited) 
 
March 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
14,004

 
$
14,364

Interest-bearing deposits
251,398

 
216,835

Total cash and cash equivalents
265,402

 
231,199

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,900

 
1,900

Securities available for sale, at fair value
393,586

 
345,695

Loans held for sale, carried at fair value
355,746

 
278,749

Loans held for sale, carried at lower of cost or fair value
885,196

 
908,341

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance of $29,345 at March 31, 2015 and $29,480 at December 31, 2014
3,904,370

 
3,919,642

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock, at cost
39,844

 
42,241

Servicing rights, net ($21,165 and $13,135 measured at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)
21,829

 
13,619

Servicing rights held for sale, carried at fair value

 
5,947

Accrued interest receivable
14,970

 
15,113

Other real estate owned, net
498

 
423

Premises, equipment, and capital leases, net
78,285

 
78,685

Bank-owned life insurance
19,154

 
19,095

Goodwill
31,591

 
31,591

Affordable housing fund investment
4,577

 
4,737

Deferred income tax
14,157

 
16,373

Other intangible assets, net
23,708

 
25,252

Other assets
42,542

 
32,695

Total Assets
$
6,097,355

 
$
5,971,297

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
$
749,129

 
$
662,295

Interest-bearing deposits
4,112,863

 
4,009,536

Total deposits
4,861,992

 
4,671,831

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
545,000

 
633,000

Other borrowings
15,000

 

Notes payable, net
92,668

 
93,569

Reserve for loss on repurchased loans
8,432

 
8,303

Income taxes payable
4,488

 
56

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
55,615

 
61,223

Total liabilities
5,583,195

 
5,467,982

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized:
 
 
 
Series A, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 32,000 shares authorized, 32,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
31,934

 
31,934

Series B, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
10,000

 
10,000

Series C, 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 40,250 shares authorized, 40,250 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
37,943

 
37,943

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 446,863,844 shares authorized; 36,702,222 shares issued and 35,063,199 shares outstanding at March 31, 2015; 35,829,763 shares issued and 34,190,740 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014
367

 
358

Class B non-voting non-convertible common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 3,136,156 shares authorized; 11 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and 609,195 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014

 
6

Additional paid-in capital
424,636

 
422,910

Retained earnings
36,880

 
29,589

Treasury stock, at cost (1,639,023 shares of common stock at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014)
(29,798
)
 
(29,798
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
2,198

 
373

Total stockholders’ equity
514,160

 
503,315

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
6,097,355

 
$
5,971,297

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

5



BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Interest and dividend income
 
 
 
Loans, including fees
$
58,155

 
$
41,530

Securities
1,927

 
924

Dividends and other interest-earning assets
698

 
322

Total interest and dividend income
60,780

 
42,776

Interest expense
 
 
 
Deposits
6,361

 
5,735

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
353

 
100

Notes payable and other interest-bearing liabilities
2,069

 
1,756

Total interest expense
8,783

 
7,591

Net interest income
51,997

 
35,185

Provision for loan and lease losses

 
1,929

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
51,997

 
33,256

Noninterest income
 
 
 
Customer service fees
910

 
253

Loan servicing (loss) income
(442
)
 
1,253

Income from bank owned life insurance
59

 
47

Net (loss) gain on sale of securities available for sale
(2
)
 
507

Net gain on sale of loans
4,472

 
2,603

Net revenue on mortgage banking activities
37,933

 
17,324

Advisory service fees
1,197

 
1,110

Loan brokerage income
1,141

 
1,911

Other income
712

 
270

Total noninterest income
45,980

 
25,278

Noninterest expense
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
49,771

 
34,681

Occupancy and equipment
9,771

 
8,537

Professional fees
3,435

 
3,865

Data processing
1,835

 
791

Advertising
912

 
1,075

Regulatory assessments
1,354

 
941

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense
319

 
175

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned
22

 

Net gain on sales of other real estate owned
(17
)
 

Provision for loan repurchases
845

 
571

Amortization of intangible assets
1,544

 
939

All other expense
6,088

 
6,019

Total noninterest expense
75,879

 
57,594

Income before income taxes
22,098

 
940

Income tax expense
9,524

 
191

Net income
12,574

 
749

Preferred stock dividends
910

 
910

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
$
11,664

 
$
(161
)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.01
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.29

 
$
(0.01
)
Basic earnings (loss) per class B common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.01
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per class B common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.01
)
See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

6



BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
12,574

 
$
749

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
 
 
 
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities:
 
 
 
Unrealized gain arising during the period
1,928

 
1,023

Reclassification adjustment for loss (gain) included in net income
1

 
(507
)
Total change in unrealized gain on available for sale securities
1,929

 
516

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge:
 
 
 
Unrealized loss arising during the period
(104
)
 
(217
)
Total change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedge
(104
)
 
(217
)
Total other comprehensive income
1,825

 
299

Comprehensive income
$
14,399

 
$
1,048

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)


7



BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERSS’ EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Preferred Stock
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-
in Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
 
 
Series A
 
Series B
 
Series C
 
Voting
 
Class B Non-Voting
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
31,934

 
$
10,000

 
$
37,943

 
$
210

 
$
6

 
$
256,306

 
$
16,820

 
$
(27,911
)
 
$
(600
)
 
$
324,708

Comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 
749

 

 

 
749

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
299

 
299

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 
1

 

 
999

 

 

 

 
1,000

Capital raise cost

 

 

 

 

 
(50
)
 

 

 

 
(50
)
Repurchase of 7,562 shares of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(97
)
 

 
(97
)
Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 
757

 

 

 

 
757

Issuance of stock awards from treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 
(282
)
 

 
282

 

 

Shares purchased under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

 

 

 

 
208

 
(202
)
 

 

 
6

Stock option compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
99

 

 

 

 
99

Restricted stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
824

 

 

 

 
824

Dividends declared ($0.12 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 
(2,228
)
 

 

 
(2,228
)
Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 
(910
)
 

 

 
(910
)
Balance at March 31, 2014
$
31,934

 
$
10,000

 
$
37,943

 
$
211

 
$
6

 
$
258,861

 
$
14,229

 
$
(27,726
)
 
$
(301
)
 
$
325,157

Balance at December 31, 2014
$
31,934

 
$
10,000

 
$
37,943

 
$
358

 
$
6

 
$
422,910

 
$
29,589

 
$
(29,798
)
 
$
373

 
$
503,315

Comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 
12,574

 

 

 
12,574

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,825

 
1,825

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 
9

 
(6
)
 
(3
)
 

 

 

 

Stock option compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
123

 

 

 

 
123

Restricted stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
1,528

 

 

 

 
1,528

Stock appreciation right expense

 

 

 

 

 
42

 

 

 

 
42

Restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability

 

 

 

 

 
(84
)
 

 

 

 
(84
)
Tax effect of dividends paid on unvested equity awards

 

 

 

 

 
68

 

 

 

 
68

Shares purchased under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

 

 

 

 
52

 
(179
)
 

 

 
(127
)
Stock appreciation right dividend equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 
(173
)
 

 

 
(173
)
Dividends declared ($0.12 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 
(4,021
)
 

 

 
(4,021
)
Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 
(910
)
 

 

 
(910
)
Balance at March 31, 2015
$
31,934

 
$
10,000

 
$
37,943

 
$
367

 
$

 
$
424,636

 
$
36,880

 
$
(29,798
)
 
$
2,198

 
$
514,160

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

8



BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net income
$
12,574

 
$
749

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities
 
 
 
Provision for loan and lease losses

 
1,929

Provision for loan repurchases
845

 
571

Net revenue on mortgage banking activities
(37,933
)
 
(17,324
)
Net gain on sale of loans
(4,472
)
 
(2,603
)
Net amortization (accretion) of securities
224

 
229

Depreciation on premises and equipment
2,182

 
1,562

Amortization of intangibles
1,544

 
939

Amortization of debt issuance cost
245

 
96

Stock option compensation expense
123

 
99

Stock award compensation expense
1,528

 
824

Stock appreciation right expense
42

 

Bank owned life insurance income
(59
)
 
(47
)
Net loss (gain) on sale of securities available for sale
2

 
(507
)
Gain on sale of other real estate owned
(17
)
 

Deferred income tax expense
1,191

 

Loss on sale or disposal of property and equipment

 
119

Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned
22

 

Repurchase of mortgage loans
(2,663
)
 

Originations of loans held for sale from mortgage banking
(1,007,720
)
 
(511,451
)
Originations of other loans held for sale
(257,460
)
 
(373,002
)
Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on loans held for sale from mortgage banking
948,675

 
548,284

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on other loans held for sale
282,091

 
93,407

Change in deferred loan (costs) fees
56

 
46

Amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loans
(6,811
)
 
(10,436
)
Change in accrued interest receivable
143

 
(96
)
Change in other assets
(1,905
)
 
3,187

Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
(2,436
)
 
(4,502
)
Net cash used in operating activities
(69,989
)
 
(267,927
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
174

 
50,973

Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for sale

 
2,754

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available for sale
20,093

 
10,741

Purchases of securities available for sale
(65,051
)
 
(1,177
)
Net cash used in acquisitions

 
(1,000
)
Loan originations and principal collections, net
11,316

 
(16,352
)
Purchase of loans
(16,901
)
 
(2,093
)
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stocks
6,810

 

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stocks
(4,413
)
 
(4,201
)
Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment
39,642

 
51,813

Net change in time deposits in financial institutions

 
101

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
454

 

Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights
3,089

 

Additions to premises and equipment
(1,782
)
 
(2,853
)
Payments of capital lease obligations
(229
)
 
(232
)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(6,798
)
 
88,474

Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
190,161

 
190,502

Net increase (decrease) in short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(223,000
)
 
155,000

Repayment of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(15,000
)
 
(10,000
)
Proceeds from long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
150,000

 

Net increase in other borrowings
15,000

 
70,000

Capital raise cost

 
(50
)
Payment of amortizing debt
(1,146
)
 

Purchase of treasury stock

 
(97
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 
757

Dividend equivalents paid on stock appreciation rights
(171
)
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock
(910
)
 
(910
)
Dividends paid on common stock
(3,944
)
 
(2,228
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
110,990

 
402,974

Net change in cash and cash equivalents
34,203

 
223,521

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
231,199

 
110,118

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
265,402

 
$
333,639

Supplemental cash flow information
 
 
 
Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds
$
8,754

 
$
7,609

Income taxes paid
3,944

 

Income taxes refunds received
17

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities
 
 
 
Transfer from loans to other real estate owned, net
534

 
150

Transfer of loans receivable to loans held for sale, net of transfer of $0 and $963 from allowance for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

 
59,137

Transfer of loans held for sale to loans receivable

 
6,984

Equipment acquired under capital leases
34

 
989

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)


9



BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
March 31, 2015

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Banc of California, Inc. (collectively, with its consolidated subsidiaries, the Company, we, us and our) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Banc of California, National Association (the Bank), The Palisades Group, LLC (the Palisades Group), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC (PTB), as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the Company include its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Nature of Operations: Banc of California, Inc. is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, headquartered in Orange County, California and incorporated under the laws of Maryland. Banc of California, Inc.'s assets primarily consist of the outstanding stock of the Bank, as well as the outstanding membership interests of the Palisades Group and PTB.

Banc of California, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board or FRB) and the Bank operates under a national bank charter issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC), its primary regulator. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, and maintains insurance on deposit accounts with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Bank offers a variety of financial services to meet the banking and financial needs of the communities we serve, with operations conducted through 38 banking offices, serving San Diego, Los Angeles, and Orange counties, California and 61 loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Virginia, Indiana, Maryland, Colorado, Idaho, and Nevada as of March 31, 2015. The Palisades Group provides financial advisory and asset management services and PTB manages and disposes of other real estate owned properties.

The accounting and reporting polices of the Company are based upon U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and conform to predominant practices within the banking industry. The Company has not made any significant changes in its critical accounting policies or in its estimates and assumptions from those disclosed in its 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the adoption of new accounting pronouncements and other authoritative guidance that became effective for the Company on or after January 1, 2015. Refer to Accounting Pronouncements below for discussion of accounting pronouncements adopted in 2015.

Basis of Presentation: The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations for reporting on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, certain disclosures required by GAAP are not included herein. These interim statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The December 31, 2014 balance sheet presented herein has been derived from the audited financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, but does not include all of the disclosures required by GAAP.

In the opinion of management of the Company, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all of the adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations for the periods presented. Certain reclassifications have been made in the prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.

The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan and lease losses, reserve for loss on repurchased loans, servicing rights, realization of deferred tax assets, the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, mortgage banking derivatives, purchased credit impaired loan discount accretion, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, and the fair value measurement of financial instruments are particularly subject to change and such change could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.


10



Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $14.2 million, net of a $0 valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2014, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $16.4 million, net of a $0 valuation allowance (See further discussion in Note 11, Income Taxes).

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company enhanced the methodologies, processes and controls over the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), due to the Company's organic and acquisitive growth and changing profile.

The following is a synopsis of the enhancements for each component of ALLL:

Expand the look-back period to 28 rolling quarters to capture the full economic cycle.
Utilize net historical losses versus gross historical losses.
Expand the peer group used to determine industry average loss history to include three industry groups; i) all U.S. financial and bank holding companies, ii) all California financial and bank holding companies, iii) the peer group average from the Uniform Bank Performance Report.
Apply the segment specific loss emergence period to each segment's loss.
Determine qualitative reserves at each loan segment level based on a baseline risk weighting adjusted for current risks, trends and business conditions.
Disaggregate certain qualitative factors to be determined on the portfolio segment level.

Accounting Pronouncements: During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the following pronouncements applicable to the Company were issued or became effective:

In January 2014, the FASB issued guidance within Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects," which amends ASC 323-720 to permit entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. The Company invests in qualified affordable housing projects (affordable housing fund investments) and previously accounted for them under the equity method of accounting. The Company recognized its share of partnership losses in noninterest expense with the tax benefit recognized in the income tax provision. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received, and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2014 and should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented.

The Company elected the proportional amortization method retrospectively for all periods presented. This accounting change in the amortization methodology resulted in changes to account for amortization recognized in prior periods, which impacted the balance of tax credit investments and related tax accounts. The investment amortization expense is presented as a component of the income tax expense (benefit). The cumulative effect of the retrospective application of this accounting principle was $274 thousand at December 31, 2014. Net income in the three months ended March 31, 2014 decreased by $8 thousand due to the change in accounting principle.


11



The following tables present the effect of the retrospective application of this change in accounting principle on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the respective periods:
BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Unaudited)
 
December 31, 2014
 
As Previously Reported
 
Effect of Change in Accounting Principle
 
As Adjusted
 
(In thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
231,199

 
$

 
$
231,199

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,900

 

 
1,900

Securities available for sale
345,695

 

 
345,695

Loans held for sale
1,187,090

 

 
1,187,090

Loans and leases receivable
3,919,642

 

 
3,919,642

Deferred income tax
16,445

 
(72
)
 
16,373

Other assets
269,600

 
(202
)
 
269,398

Total assets
$
5,971,571

 
$
(274
)
 
$
5,971,297

Liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
$
5,467,982

 
$

 
$
5,467,982

Stockholders' equity
503,589

 
(274
)
 
503,315

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
5,971,571

 
$
(274
)
 
$
5,971,297


BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
 
As Previously Reported
 
Effect of Change in Accounting Principle
 
As Adjusted
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income
$
42,776

 
$

 
$
42,776

Interest expense
7,591

 

 
7,591

Net interest income
35,185

 

 
35,185

Provision for loan and lease losses
1,929

 

 
1,929

Noninterest income
25,278

 

 
25,278

Noninterest expense
57,768

 
(174
)
 
57,594

Income before income taxes
766

 
174

 
940

Income tax expense
9

 
182

 
191

Net income
757

 
(8
)
 
749

Preferred stock dividends
910

 

 
910

Net loss available for common stockholders
$
(153
)
 
$
(8
)
 
$
(161
)
Basic earnings for total common stockholders
$
(0.01
)
 
$

 
$
(0.01
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per total common share
$
(0.01
)
 
$

 
$
(0.01
)


12



BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
 
As Previously Reported
 
Effect of Change in Accounting Principle
 
As Adjusted
 
(In thousands)
Cash flow from operating activities
 
 
 
 

Net income
$
757

 
$
(8
)
 
$
749

Total adjustment in net income
(268,684
)
 
8

 
(268,676
)
Net cash used in operating activities
(267,927
)
 

 
(267,927
)
Cash flow from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by investing activities
88,474

 

 
88,474

Cash flow from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
402,974

 

 
402,974

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
223,521

 

 
223,521

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
110,118

 
 
 
110,118

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
333,639

 
$

 
$
333,639


In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-04 clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure has occurred, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. Interim and annual disclosure is required of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure. ASU 2014-04 is effective using either the modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of the new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue From Contracts With Customers,” which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. The ASU becomes effective for Company at the beginning of its 2017 fiscal year; early adoption is not permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, “Transfers and Servicing: Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.” The ASU changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. In addition, for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. The ASU also requires disclosures for certain transactions comprising (1) a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale and (2) an agreement with the same transferee entered into in contemplation of the initial transfer that results in the transferor retaining substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction. There are additional disclosure requirements for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. Adoption of the new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

13




In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.” The ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718 as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40), Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” Under ASU 2014-14, a mortgage loan should be derecognized and a separate receivable based on the principal and interest expected to be recovered from the governmental guarantor should be recognized upon foreclosure when all of the following conditions exist: a government guarantee exists that is not separable from the loan prior to the foreclosure; as of the date of the foreclosure the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate to the governmental agency that issued the guarantee, to make a claim on the guarantee and the creditor has the ability to recover amounts due from the governmental entity as a result of the claim; and, as of the time of the foreclosure, the claim amount that is based on the fair value of the real estate is fixed. ASU 2014-14 is effective using either the modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. Adoption of the new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


14



NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Company completed the following acquisitions between January 1, 2014 and March 31, 2015 and used the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the operating results of the acquired entities have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition.

The following table presents a summary of acquired assets and assumed liabilities along with a summary of the acquisition consideration as of the dates of acquisition:
 
Acquisition and Date Acquired
 
Banco Popular Branches
 
Renovation
Ready
 
November 8, 2014
 
January 31,
2014
 
(In thousands)
Assets acquired:
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
5,532

 
$

Loans and leases receivable
1,072,449

 

Premises, equipment, and capital leases
9,002

 

Goodwill

 
2,239

Other intangible assets
15,777

 
761

Other assets
2,301

 

Total assets acquired
$
1,105,061

 
$
3,000

Liabilities assumed:
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,076,614

 
$

Other liabilities
506

 
1,000

Total liabilities assumed
1,077,120

 
1,000

Total consideration paid
$
27,941

 
$
2,000

Summary of consideration
 
 
 
Cash paid
$
27,941

 
$
1,000

Common stock issued

 
1,000

Earn-out liabilities

 
1,000


Banco Popular’s California Branch Network Acquisition

Effective November 8, 2014, the Bank acquired 20 full-service branches from Banco Popular North America (BPNA) in the Southern California banking market (the BPNA Branch Acquisition). The purchase price, net of deposit premiums received of $3.9 million, was $24.0 million. The transaction added $1.07 billion in loans and $1.08 billion in deposits to the Bank.

The following table summarizes the total consideration transferred as part of the BPNA Branch Acquisition as well as the fair value adjustments to the net assets acquired as of the acquisition date:
 
November 8, 2014
 
(In thousands)
Total Consideration
 
 
$
27,941

Net assets pre-acquisition
 
 
24,027

Fair value adjustments
 
 
 
Loans receivable
$
(12,165
)
 
 
Core deposit intangibles
15,777

 
 
Certificates of deposit purchase premium
(916
)
 
 
Premises and equipment
1,218

 
 
Total fair value adjustments
 
 
3,914

Fair value of net assets acquired
 
 
27,941

Net fair value in excess of consideration
 
 
$



15



The fair value of loans acquired from BPNA was estimated by utilizing a methodology wherein similar loans were aggregated into pools. Cash flows for each pool were determined by estimating future credit losses and the rate of prepayments. Projected monthly cash flows were then discounted to present value based on a market rate for similar loans. There was no carryover of BPNA's allowance for loan losses associated with the acquired loans as the loans were initially recorded at fair value.

Core deposit intangible asset of $15.8 million recognized as part of the BPNA Branch Acquisition was valued using a net cost savings method and was calculated as the present value of the estimated net cost savings attributable to the core deposit base over the expected remaining life of the deposits. The cost savings derived from the core deposit balance was calculated as the difference between the prevailing alternative cost of funds and the estimated actual cost of the core deposits. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over its estimated useful life of 10 years using the sum of years-digits amortization methodology.

The fair value of savings and transaction deposit accounts acquired from BPNA was assumed to approximate the carrying value as these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand. Certificates of deposit were valued by projecting the expected cash flows based on the remaining contractual terms of the certificates of deposit. These cash flows were discounted based on market rates for certificates of deposit with corresponding remaining maturities.

Direct costs related to the BPNA Branch Acquisition were expensed as incurred and amounted to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. These included technology costs related to system conversion and professional fees.

Certain valuations related to acquired loans receivable, premises and equipment, and other intangible assets and assumed deposits are still under review by management and considered preliminary and could differ significantly when management's review is finalized.

RenovationReady® Acquisition

Effective January 31, 2014, the Company acquired certain assets, including service contracts and intellectual property, of RenovationReady, a provider of specialized loan services to financial institutions and mortgage bankers that originate agency eligible residential renovation and construction loan products.

The RenovationReady acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The purchased identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of January 31, 2014. The Company recorded $2.2 million of goodwill and $761 thousand of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are related to a customer relationship intangible.

Pro Forma Information

While the BPNA Branch Acquisition is considered a purchase of a business for accounting purposes, pro forma income statement information is not presented because the BPNA Branch Acquisition does not represent the acquisition of a business which has continuity both before and after the acquisition. Pro formation income statement information for RenovationReady is not presented because it is immaterial.

16



NOTE 3 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy

ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The topic describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

Securities Available for Sale: The fair values of securities available for sale are generally determined by quoted market prices in active market, if available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, the Company employs an independent pricing service that utilizes matrix pricing to calculate fair value. Such fair value measurements consider observable data such as dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and respective terms and conditions for debt instruments. The Company employs procedures to monitor the pricing service's assumptions and establishes processes to challenge the pricing service's valuations that appear unusual or unexpected. Level 2 securities include SBA loan pool securities, U.S. GSE and agency securities, Private label residential MBS, and Agency MBS. When a market is illiquid or there is a lack of transparency around the inputs to valuation, the securities are classified as Level 3 and reliance is placed upon internally developed models, and management judgment and evaluation for valuation. The Company had no securities available for sale classified as Level 3 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Loans Held for Sale, carried at fair value: The fair value of loans held for sale is based on commitments outstanding from investors as well as what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. Therefore, loans held for sale subjected to recurring fair value adjustments are classified as Level 2. The fair value includes the servicing value of the loans as well as any accrued interest.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities: The Company’s derivative assets and liabilities are carried at fair value as required by GAAP and are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. The Company has entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flow attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR-based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The other derivative assets are interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) with prospective residential mortgage borrowers. These commitments are carried at fair value based on the fair value of the underlying mortgage loans which are based on observable market data. The Company adjusts the outstanding IRLCs with prospective borrowers based on an expectation that it will be exercised and the loan will be funded. Changes in fair value are recorded in earnings as a component of net revenue on mortgage banking activities. These commitments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value disclosures, as the valuations are based on market observable inputs. Additional derivative assets and liabilities, typically mortgage-backed to-be-announced (TBA) securities, are used to hedge fair value changes, driven by changes in interest rates, on the Company’s mortgage assets. The Company hedges the period from the interest rate lock (assuming a fall-out factor) to the date of the loan sale. The estimated fair value is based on current market prices for similar instruments. Given the meaningful level of secondary market activity for derivative contracts, active pricing is available for similar assets and accordingly, the Company classifies its derivative assets and liabilities as Level 2.

Mortgage Servicing Rights: The Company retains servicing on some of its mortgage loans sold and elected the fair value option for valuation of these mortgage servicing rights (MSRs). The value is based on a third party provider that calculates the present value of the expected net servicing income from the portfolio based on key factors that include interest rates, prepayment assumptions, discount rate and estimated cash flows. Because of the significance of unobservable inputs, these servicing rights

17



are classified as Level 3. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0 and $5.9 million of the mortgage servicing rights were valued based on a market bid that settled subsequent to each period end, which is included as Level 3, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated: 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Level
 
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pools securities
$
1,635

 
$

 
$
1,635

 
$

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
2,001

 

 
2,001

 

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
2,615

 

 
2,615

 

Agency mortgage-backed securities
387,335

 

 
387,335

 

Loans held for sale
355,746

 

 
355,746

 

Derivative assets (1)
13,555

 

 
13,555

 

Mortgage servicing rights (2)
21,165

 

 

 
21,165

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (3)
4,552

 

 
4,552

 

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pools securities
$
1,715

 
$

 
$
1,715

 
$

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,982

 

 
1,982

 

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
3,168

 

 
3,168

 

Agency mortgage-backed securities
338,830

 

 
338,830

 

Loans held for sale
278,749

 

 
278,749

 

Derivative assets (1)
6,379

 

 
6,379

 

Mortgage servicing rights (2)
19,082

 

 

 
19,082

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (3)
3,235

 

 
3,235

 

 

(1)
Included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(2)
Included in Servicing Rights, Net and Servicing Rights Held For Sale on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(3)
Included in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

18



The following table presents a reconciliation of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Mortgage servicing rights
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
19,082

 
$
13,535

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

 
(9,185
)
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
 
 
 
Included in earnings—realized

 

Included in earnings—fair value adjustment
(528
)
 
315

Included in other comprehensive income

 

Amortization of premium (discount)

 

Additions
10,192

 
4,326

Sales and settlements
(7,581
)
 
(584
)
Balance at end of period
$
21,165

 
$
8,407

 

(1)
The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that cause the transfer.

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:
 
Fair Value
(In thousands)
 
Valuation Technique(s)
 
Unobservable Input(s)
 
Range (Weighted Average)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
21,165

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
9.00% to 13.20% (9.84%)
 
 
 
 
 
Prepayment rate
 
5.15% to 34.28% (12.98%)
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
13,135

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
9.00% to 19.50% (10.09%)
 
 
 
 
 
Prepayment rate
 
4.59% to 31.02% (13.22%)
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
8,407

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
10.00% to 17.89% (10.81%)
 
 
 
 
 
Prepayment rate
 
3.92% to 34.54% (13.17%)

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s servicing rights include the discount rate and prepayment rate. There may be inherent weaknesses in any calculation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results.

19



Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis

Impaired Loans and Leases: The fair value of impaired loans and leases with specific allocations of the allowance for loan and lease losses based on collateral values is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Loans Held for Sale, carried at lower of cost or fair value: The Company records non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value. The Company obtains fair values from a third party independent valuation service provider. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or market and are considered to be recognized at fair value when they are recorded at below cost and are classified as Level 2.

SBA Servicing Assets: SBA servicing assets represents the value associated with servicing SBA loans that have been sold. The fair value for SBA servicing assets is determined through discounted cash flow analysis and utilizes discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions as inputs. All of these assumptions require a significant degree of management estimation and judgment. The fair market valuation is performed on a quarterly basis for SBA servicing assets. SBA servicing assets are accounted for at the lower of cost or market and considered to be recognized at fair value when they are recorded at below cost and are classified as Level 3.

Other Real Estate Owned Assets: Other real estate owned assets (OREO) are recorded at the fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time of foreclosure. The fair value of other real estate owned assets is generally based on recent real estate appraisals adjusted for estimated selling costs. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments may be significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Only OREO with a valuation allowance are considered to be carried at fair value. The Company recorded valuation allowance expense for OREO of $22 thousand and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Alternative Investments (Affordable Housing Fund Investment & SBIC): The Company generally accounts for its percentage ownership of alternative investment funds at cost, subject to impairment testing. These are non-public investments that cannot be redeemed since the Company’s investment is distributed as the underlying investments are liquidated, which generally takes 10 years. There are currently no plans to sell any of these investments prior to their liquidation. The alternative investments carried at cost are considered to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is impairment. The Company had unfunded commitments of $487 thousand and $7.2 million for Affordable House Fund Investment and SBIC at March 31, 2015, respectively.


20



The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of the dates indicated:
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Level
 
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
5,065

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,065

Commercial and industrial
4,134

 

 

 
4,134

Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential
498

 

 

 
498

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
6,206

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,206

Commercial and industrial
4,313

 

 

 
4,313

SBA servicing rights
484

 

 

 
484

Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential
423

 

 

 
423


The following table presents the gains and (losses) recognized on assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$

 
$
(151
)
Other consumer

 
(2
)
Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
Single family residential
(5
)
 



21



The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated:
 
Carrying
 
Fair Value Measurement Level
Amount
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
265,402

 
$
265,402

 
$

 
$

 
$
265,402

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,900

 
1,900

 

 

 
1,900

Securities available for sale
393,586

 

 
393,586

 

 
393,586

FHLB and other bank stock
39,844

 

 
39,844

 

 
39,844

Loans held for sale
1,240,942

 

 
1,249,370

 

 
1,249,370

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance
3,904,370

 

 

 
4,008,008

 
4,008,008

Accrued interest receivable
14,970

 
14,970

 

 

 
14,970

Derivative assets
13,555

 

 
13,555

 

 
13,555

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
4,861,992

 

 

 
4,719,344

 
4,719,344

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
545,000

 

 
545,195

 

 
545,195

Other borrowings
15,000

 

 
15,000

 

 
15,000

Notes payable
92,668

 
86,750

 
12,102

 

 
98,852

Derivative liabilities
4,552

 

 
4,552

 

 
4,552

Accrued interest payable
2,016

 
2,016

 

 

 
2,016

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
231,199

 
$
231,199

 
$

 
$

 
$
231,199

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,900

 
1,900

 

 

 
1,900

Securities available for sale
345,695

 

 
345,695

 

 
345,695

FHLB and other bank stock
42,241

 

 
42,241

 

 
42,241

Loans held for sale
1,187,090

 

 
1,195,834

 

 
1,195,834

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance
3,919,642

 

 

 
4,045,465

 
4,045,465

Accrued interest receivable
15,113

 
15,113

 

 

 
15,113

Derivative assets
6,379

 

 
6,379

 

 
6,379

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
4,671,831

 

 

 
4,575,264

 
4,575,264

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
633,000

 

 
633,083

 

 
633,083

Notes payable
93,569

 
87,428

 
13,360

 

 
100,788

Derivative liabilities
3,235

 

 
3,235

 

 
3,235

Accrued interest payable
2,044

 
2,044

 

 

 
2,044


The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents and time deposits in financial institutions: The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and time deposits in financial institutions approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments (Level 1).

FHLB and other bank stock: FHLB and other bank stock is recorded at cost. Ownership of FHLB stock is restricted to member banks, and purchases and sales of these securities are at par value with the issuer.

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses: The fair value of loans and leases receivable is estimated based on the discounted cash flow approach. The discount rate was derived from the associated yield curve plus spreads and reflects the offering rates offered by the Bank for loans with similar financial characteristics. Yield curves are constructed by product and payment types. These rates could be different from what other financial institutions could offer for these loans. No adjustments have been made for changes in credit within the loan portfolio. Additionally, the fair value of our

22



loans may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such loans and may differ materially from the values that we may ultimately realize (Level 3).

Accrued interest receivable: The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value (Level 1).

Deposits: The fair value of deposits is estimated based on discounted cash flows. The cash flows for non-maturity deposits, including savings accounts and money market checking, are estimated based on their historical decaying experiences. The discount rate used for fair valuation is based on interest rates currently being offered by the Bank on comparable deposits as to amount and term (Level 3).

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings: The fair values of advances from FHLB and other borrowings are estimated based on the discounted cash flows approach. The discount rate was derived from the current market rates for borrowings with similar remaining maturities (Level 2).

Accrued interest payable: The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value (Level 1).


23



NOTE 4 – SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available for sale investment securities portfolio and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the dates indicated: 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,600

 
$
35

 
$

 
$
1,635

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,943

 
58

 

 
2,001

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
2,607

 
11

 
(3
)
 
2,615

Agency mortgage-backed securities
383,287

 
4,224

 
(176
)
 
387,335

Total securities available for sale
$
389,437

 
$
4,328

 
$
(179
)
 
$
393,586

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,697

 
$
18

 
$

 
$
1,715

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,940

 
42

 

 
1,982

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
3,169

 
12

 
(13
)
 
3,168

Agency mortgage-backed securities
338,072

 
1,363

 
(605
)
 
338,830

Total securities available for sale
$
344,878

 
$
1,435

 
$
(618
)
 
$
345,695


The following table presents amortized cost and fair value of the available for sale investment securities portfolio by expected maturity. In the case of mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities, expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. For that reason, mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities are not included in the maturity categories. 
 
March 31, 2015
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
Maturity:
 
 
 
Within one year
$

 
$

One to five years
1,943

 
2,001

Five to ten years

 

Greater than ten years

 

SBA loan pool, private label residential mortgage-backed and agency mortgage-backed securities
387,494

 
391,585

Total
$
389,437

 
$
393,586


At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10 percent of stockholders’ equity.


24



The following table presents proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
545

Gross realized losses on sales of securities available for sale
(2
)
 
(38
)
Net realized gains (losses) on sales of securities available for sale
$
(2
)
 
$
507

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
$
174

 
$
50,973

Tax benefit on sales of securities available for sale
$
(1
)
 
$


Securities available for sale with carrying values of $32.2 million and $27.1 million as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB advances, public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses by security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated: 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
$
176

 
$
(1
)
 
$
850

 
$
(2
)
 
$
1,026

 
$
(3
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
33,682

 
(111
)
 
11,336

 
(65
)
 
45,018

 
(176
)
Total securities available for sale
$
33,858

 
$
(112
)
 
$
12,186

 
$
(67
)
 
$
46,044

 
$
(179
)
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
$
372

 
$
(9
)
 
$
1,355

 
$
(4
)
 
$
1,727

 
$
(13
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
68,200

 
(332
)
 
22,212

 
(273
)
 
90,412

 
(605
)
Total securities available for sale
$
68,572

 
$
(341
)
 
$
23,567

 
$
(277
)
 
$
92,139

 
$
(618
)

The Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) for securities available for sale for the three months ended March 31, 2015 or 2014.

At March 31, 2015, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 96 securities, 33 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to an overall increase in interest rates and a decrease in prepayment speeds of the agency mortgage-backed securities.

The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of March 31, 2015, the Company did not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recoveries. Of the Company’s $393.6 million securities portfolio, $392.5 million were rated AAA, AA or A and $1.0 million were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating from the rating agencies as of March 31, 2015. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.

25



NOTE 5 – LOANS AND LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

The following table presents the balances in the Company’s loans and leases portfolio as of the dates indicated: 
 
Non-Traditional
Mortgages
(NTM)
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total NTM 
and
Traditional 
Loans
 
Purchased 
Credit Impaired
 
Total Loans 
and Leases
Receivable
 
($ in thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$

 
$
488,150

 
$
488,150

 
$
1,079

 
$
489,229

Commercial real estate

 
965,302

 
965,302

 
10,432

 
975,734

Multi-family

 
940,053

 
940,053

 

 
940,053

SBA

 
45,118

 
45,118

 
3,136

 
48,254

Construction

 
38,081

 
38,081

 

 
38,081

Lease financing

 
102,012

 
102,012

 

 
102,012

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
229,006

 
593,019

 
822,025

 
227,151

 
1,049,176

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
119,958

 

 
119,958

 

 
119,958

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
4,748

 

 
4,748

 

 
4,748

Other consumer
113

 
166,357

 
166,470

 

 
166,470

Total gross loans and leases
$
353,825

 
$
3,338,092

 
$
3,691,917

 
$
241,798

 
$
3,933,715

Percentage to total gross loans and leases
9.0
%
 
84.9
%
 
93.9
%
 
6.1
%
 
100.0
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(29,345
)
Loans and leases receivable, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,904,370

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$

 
$
489,766

 
$
489,766

 
$
1,134

 
$
490,900

Commercial real estate

 
988,330

 
988,330

 
11,527

 
999,857

Multi-family

 
955,683

 
955,683

 

 
955,683

SBA

 
32,998

 
32,998

 
3,157

 
36,155

Construction

 
42,198

 
42,198

 

 
42,198

Lease financing

 
85,749

 
85,749

 

 
85,749

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
222,306

 
595,100

 
817,406

 
231,079

 
1,048,485

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
123,177

 

 
123,177

 

 
123,177

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
4,979

 

 
4,979

 

 
4,979

Other consumer
113

 
161,826

 
161,939

 

 
161,939

Total gross loans and leases
$
350,575

 
$
3,351,650

 
$
3,702,225

 
$
246,897

 
$
3,949,122

Percentage to total gross loans and leases
8.9
%
 
84.8
%
 
93.7
%
 
6.3
%
 
100.0
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(29,480
)
Loans and leases receivable, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,919,642



26



Non Traditional Mortgage Loans

The Company’s non-traditional mortgage (NTM) portfolio is comprised of three interest only products: Green Account Loans (Green Loans), fixed or adjustable hybrid interest only rate mortgage (Interest Only) loans and a small number of additional loans with the potential for negative amortization. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the NTM loans totaled $353.8 million, or 9.0 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, and $350.6 million, or 8.9 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively. The total NTM portfolio increased by $3.3 million, or 0.9 percent, during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
147

 
$
119,958

 
33.9
%
 
148

 
$
123,177

 
35.1
%
Interest-only - first liens
204

 
216,765

 
61.2
%
 
207

 
209,207

 
59.7
%
Negative amortization
31

 
12,241

 
3.5
%
 
32

 
13,099

 
3.7
%
Total NTM - first liens
382

 
348,964

 
98.6
%
 
387

 
345,483

 
98.5
%
Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
19

 
4,748

 
1.3
%
 
19

 
4,979

 
1.4
%
Interest-only - second liens
1

 
113

 
0.1
%
 
1

 
113

 
0.1
%
Total NTM - second liens
20

 
4,861

 
1.4
%
 
20

 
5,092

 
1.5
%
Total NTM loans
402

 
$
353,825

 
100.0
%
 
407

 
$
350,575

 
100.0
%
Total gross loan portfolio
 
 
$
3,933,715

 
 
 
 
 
$
3,949,122

 
 
% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio
 
 
9.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
8.9
%
 
 

Green Loans

Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year-balloon payment due at maturity. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Green Loans totaled $124.7 million and $128.2 million, respectively. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $10.7 million and $12.5 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios and the Company’s contractual ability to curtail loans when the value of the underlying collateral declines. The Company discontinued origination of the Green Loan products in 2011.

Interest Only Loans

Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payments in initial periods before converting to a fully amortizing loan. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, interest only loans totaled $216.9 million and $209.3 million, respectively. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3.0 million and $2.0 million of the interest only loans were non-performing, respectively.

Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization

Negative amortization loans totaled $12.2 million and $13.1 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0 and $0 of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing, respectively. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including the Company’s policies on loan-to-value ratios. While Green Loans have the potential for negative amortization, they are excluded from the loans with the potential for negative amortization discussed in this paragraph.


27



Risk Management of Non-Traditional Mortgages

The Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for NTMs are loan-to-value (LTV) and FICO scores. Accordingly, the Company manages credit risk in the NTM portfolio through semi-annual review of the loan portfolio that includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and home equity lines of credit, as needed in conjunction with portfolio management, and ordering third party automated valuation models. The loan review is designed to provide a method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they actually fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and/or a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded which will increase the reserves the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan review is published and regularly monitored.

As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first indication that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.

As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing detailed analysis on its portfolio with emphasis on the NTM portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts meetings on at least a quarterly basis to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether a suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations.

On the interest only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will be a material increase in the required payment and then monitors the loans for possible delinquency. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.

NTM Performance Indicators

The following table presents the Company’s NTM Green Loans first lien portfolio at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 by FICO scores:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Change
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
FICO Score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
800+
28

 
$
19,448

 
16.2
%
 
28

 
$
20,248

 
16.4
%
 

 
$
(800
)
 
(0.2
)%
700-799
72

 
50,769

 
42.3
%
 
72

 
52,532

 
42.7
%
 

 
(1,763
)
 
(0.4
)%
600-699
28

 
30,431

 
25.4
%
 
29

 
31,053

 
25.2
%
 
(1
)
 
(622
)
 
0.2
 %
<600
8

 
11,873

 
9.9
%
 
8

 
11,893

 
9.7
%
 

 
(20
)
 
0.2
 %
No FICO
11

 
7,437

 
6.2
%
 
11

 
7,451

 
6.0
%
 

 
(14
)
 
0.2
 %
Totals
147

 
$
119,958

 
100.0
%
 
148

 
$
123,177

 
100.0
%
 
(1
)
 
$
(3,219
)
 
 %
The Company updates FICO scores on a semi-annual basis, typically in the second and fourth quarters or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management.


28



Loan to Value
The table below represents the Company’s single family residential NTM first lien portfolio by loan-to-value (LTV) as of the dates indicated: 
 
Green
 
Interest Only
 
Negative Amortization
 
Total
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
LTV’s (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
77

 
$
56,136

 
46.7
%
 
60

 
$
99,152

 
45.8
%
 
15

 
$
5,960

 
48.7
%
 
152

 
$
161,248

 
46.2
%
61-80
45

 
46,129

 
38.5
%
 
52

 
83,480

 
38.5
%
 
12

 
5,312

 
43.4
%
 
109

 
134,921

 
38.7
%
81-100
18

 
11,833

 
9.9
%
 
33

 
15,463

 
7.1
%
 
3

 
579

 
4.7
%
 
54

 
27,875

 
8.0
%
> 100
7

 
5,860

 
4.9
%
 
59

 
18,670

 
8.6
%
 
1

 
390

 
3.2
%
 
67

 
24,920

 
7.1
%
Total
147

 
$
119,958

 
100.0
%
 
204

 
$
216,765

 
100.0
%
 
31

 
$
12,241

 
100.0
%
 
382

 
$
348,964

 
100.0
%
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
77

 
$
58,856

 
47.8
%
 
60

 
$
93,254

 
44.7
%
 
15

 
$
6,023

 
46.0
%
 
152

 
$
158,133

 
45.8
%
61-80
45

 
46,177

 
37.5
%
 
54

 
81,472

 
38.9
%
 
12

 
5,901

 
45.0
%
 
111

 
133,550

 
38.6
%
81-100
18

 
11,846

 
9.6
%
 
33

 
14,927

 
7.1
%
 
4

 
781

 
6.0
%
 
55

 
27,554

 
8.0
%
> 100
8

 
6,298

 
5.1
%
 
60

 
19,554

 
9.3
%
 
1

 
394

 
3.0
%
 
69

 
26,246

 
7.6
%
Total
148

 
$
123,177

 
100.0
%
 
207

 
$
209,207

 
100.0
%
 
32

 
$
13,099

 
100.0
%
 
387

 
$
345,483

 
100.0
%

(1)
LTV represents estimated current loan to value ratio, determined by dividing current unpaid principal balance by latest estimated property value received per the Company policy.




29



Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company has an established credit risk management process that includes regular management review of the loan and lease portfolio to identify problem loans and leases. During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers and lessees that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of the loan and lease agreements. Such loans and leases are subject to increased monitoring. Consideration is given to placing the loan or lease on non-accrual status, assessing the need for additional allowance for loan and lease losses, and partial or full charge-off. The Company maintains the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio.

The Company also maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks. The probability of usage of the unfunded loan commitments and credit risk factors determined based on outstanding loan balance of the same customer or outstanding loans that shares similar credit risk exposure are used to determine the adequacy of the reserve. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments was $1.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

The credit risk monitoring system is designed to identify impaired and potential problem loans, and to permit periodic evaluation of impairment and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses in a timely manner. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Bank has adopted a credit policy that includes a credit review and control system which it believes should be effective in ensuring that the Company maintains an adequate allowance for credit losses. The Board of Directors provides oversight and guidance for management’s allowance evaluation process, including quarterly valuations, and consideration of management’s determination of whether the allowance is adequate to absorb losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the provision for loan and lease losses is based on management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and takes into consideration known relevant internal and external factors that affect collectability when determining the appropriate level for the allowance for loan and lease losses. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses are made by charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. Identified credit exposures that are determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
29,480

 
$
18,805

Loans and leases charged off
(357
)
 
(203
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
222

 
435

Transfer of loans from (to) held-for-sale

 
(963
)
Provision for loan and lease losses

 
1,929

Balance at end of period
$
29,345

 
$
20,003



30



The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, in loans and leases by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method as of or for the three months ended March 31, 2015: 
 
Commercial
and
Industrial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Multi-
family
 
SBA
 
Construction
 
Lease
Financing
 
Single
Family
Residential
Mortgage
 
Other
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
6,910

 
$
3,840

 
$
7,179

 
$
335

 
$
846

 
$
873

 
$
7,192

 
$
2,305

 
$

 
$
29,480

Charge-offs
(11
)
 
(259
)
 

 

 

 
(87
)
 

 

 

 
(357
)
Recoveries
3

 
132

 
3

 
72

 

 

 

 
12

 

 
222

Provision
(418
)
 
191

 
(18
)
 
159

 
(151
)
 
409

 
(232
)
 
(304
)
 
364

 

Balance at March 31, 2015
$
6,484

 
$
3,904

 
$
7,164

 
$
566

 
$
695

 
$
1,195

 
$
6,960

 
$
2,013

 
$
364

 
$
29,345

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
749

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
450

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,199

Collectively evaluated for impairment
5,677

 
3,792

 
7,164

 
547

 
695

 
1,195

 
6,493

 
2,013

 
364

 
27,940

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
58

 
112

 

 
19

 

 

 
17

 

 

 
206

Total ending allowance balance
$
6,484

 
$
3,904

 
$
7,164

 
$
566

 
$
695

 
$
1,195

 
$
6,960

 
$
2,013

 
$
364

 
$
29,345

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
8,087

 
$
373

 
$
1,566

 
$
9

 
$

 
$

 
$
21,790

 
$
294

 
$

 
$
32,119

Collectively evaluated for impairment
480,063

 
964,929

 
938,487

 
45,109

 
38,081

 
102,012

 
920,193

 
170,924

 

 
3,659,798

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
1,079

 
10,432

 

 
3,136

 

 

 
227,151

 

 

 
241,798

Total ending loan balances
$
489,229

 
$
975,734

 
$
940,053

 
$
48,254

 
$
38,081

 
$
102,012

 
$
1,169,134

 
$
171,218

 
$

 
$
3,933,715



31



The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, in loans and leases by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method as of or for the three months ended March 31, 2014: 
 
Commercial
and
Industrial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Multi-
family
 
SBA
 
Construction
 
Lease
Financing
 
Single
Family
Residential
Mortgage
 
Other
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
1,822

 
$
5,484

 
$
2,566

 
$
235

 
$
244

 
$
428

 
$
7,044

 
$
532

 
$
450

 
$
18,805

Charge-offs

 

 

 
(17
)
 

 

 
(151
)
 
(35
)
 

 
(203
)
Recoveries
26

 
316

 

 
92

 

 

 

 
1

 

 
435

Transfer of loans to held-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 
(963
)
 

 

 
(963
)
Provision
519

 
649

 
154

 
(99
)
 
108

 
194

 
217

 
284

 
(97
)
 
1,929

Balance at March 31, 2014
$
2,367

 
$
6,449

 
$
2,720

 
$
211

 
$
352

 
$
622

 
$
6,147

 
$
782

 
$
353

 
$
20,003

Individually evaluated for impairment
$

 
$

 
$
37

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
25

 
$

 
$

 
$
62

Collectively evaluated for impairment
2,367

 
6,449

 
2,683

 
211

 
352

 
622

 
5,926

 
782

 
353

 
19,745

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

 

 

 

 

 
196

 

 

 
196

Total ending allowance balance
$
2,367

 
$
6,449

 
$
2,720

 
$
211

 
$
352

 
$
622

 
$
6,147

 
$
782

 
$
353

 
$
20,003

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$

 
$
3,218

 
$
1,674

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
10,160

 
$
212

 
$

 
$
15,264

Collectively evaluated for impairment
297,646

 
542,750

 
153,708

 
23,064

 
25,144

 
48,537

 
856,664

 
120,795

 

 
2,068,308

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
1,538

 
14,613

 

 
3,477

 

 

 
292,039

 
1,756

 

 
313,423

Total ending loan balances
$
299,184

 
$
560,581

 
$
155,382

 
$
26,541

 
$
25,144

 
$
48,537

 
$
1,158,863

 
$
122,763

 
$

 
$
2,396,995



32



The following table presents loans and leases individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans and leases as of the dates indicated. The recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, presents customer balances net of any partial charge-offs recognized on the loans and leases and net of any deferred fees and costs. 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Allowance
for Loan and
Lease Losses
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Allowance
for Loan and
Lease Losses
 
(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
4,085

 
$
3,953

 
$

 
$
4,803

 
$
4,708

 
$

Commercial real estate
1,233

 
373

 

 
1,910

 
1,017

 

Multi-family
1,732

 
1,566

 

 
1,747

 
1,594

 

SBA
23

 
9

 

 
24

 
6

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
17,396

 
16,725

 

 
15,729

 
15,131

 

Other consumer
294

 
294

 

 
507

 
503

 

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
4,179

 
4,134

 
749

 
4,310

 
4,313

 
788

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
5,243

 
5,065

 
450

 
6,422

 
6,206

 
500

Other consumer

 

 

 

 

 

Total
$
34,185

 
$
32,119

 
$
1,199

 
$
35,452

 
$
33,478

 
$
1,288


The following table presents information on impaired loans and leases, disaggregated by class, for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
8,199

 
$
119

 
$
130

 
$

 
$

 
$

Commercial real estate
383

 
10

 
10

 
3,417

 
49

 
57

Multi-family
1,580

 
13

 
15

 
1,684

 
13

 
13

SBA
7

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
21,866

 
179

 
176

 
10,270

 
65

 
65

Other consumer
294

 
2

 
3

 
213

 
1

 
1

Total
$
32,329

 
$
323

 
$
334

 
$
15,584

 
$
128

 
$
136



33



Non-accrual Loans and Leases

The following table presents nonaccrual loans and leases, and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Nonaccrual loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company maintains specific allowances for these loans of $584 in 2015 and $478 in 2014
13,635

 
29,119

 
42,754

 
14,592

 
23,789

 
38,381


The following table presents the composition of nonaccrual loans and leases as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$

 
$
6,676

 
$
6,676

 
$

 
$
7,143

 
$
7,143

Commercial real estate

 
1,026

 
1,026

 

 
1,017

 
1,017

Multi-family

 
2,005

 
2,005

 

 
1,834

 
1,834

SBA

 
342

 
342

 

 
285

 
285

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

Lease financing

 
663

 
663

 

 
100

 
100

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
2,957

 
18,371

 
21,328

 
2,049

 
13,370

 
15,419

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
10,678

 

 
10,678

 
12,334

 

 
12,334

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

 

 

 
209

 

 
209

Other consumer

 
36

 
36

 

 
40

 
40

Total nonaccrual loans and leases
$
13,635

 
$
29,119

 
$
42,754

 
$
14,592

 
$
23,789

 
$
38,381



34



Past Due Loans and Leases

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of March 31, 2015, excluding accrued interest receivable (which is not considered to be material), by class of loans and leases: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
 
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater
than
89 Days
Past due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
1,121

 
$
419

 
$
2,957

 
$
4,497

 
$
224,509

 
$
229,006

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
9,076

 

 

 
9,076

 
110,882

 
119,958

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

 

 

 

 
4,748

 
4,748

Other consumer

 

 

 

 
113

 
113

Total NTM loans
10,197

 
419

 
2,957

 
13,573

 
340,252

 
353,825

Traditional loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
601

 
16

 
170

 
787

 
487,363

 
488,150

Commercial real estate
3,230

 
495

 
653

 
4,378

 
960,924

 
965,302

Multi-family
629

 
2,487

 
207

 
3,323

 
936,730

 
940,053

SBA
6

 

 
314

 
320

 
44,798

 
45,118

Construction

 

 

 

 
38,081

 
38,081

Lease financing
1,033

 
64

 
663

 
1,760

 
100,252

 
102,012

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
17,453

 
2,765

 
15,574

 
35,792

 
557,227

 
593,019

Other consumer
1,150

 
96

 

 
1,246

 
165,111

 
166,357

Total traditional loans and leases
24,102

 
5,923

 
17,581

 
47,606

 
3,290,486

 
3,338,092

Purchased Credit Impaired (PCI) loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
736

 

 

 
736

 
343

 
1,079

Commercial real estate

 

 
1,055

 
1,055

 
9,377

 
10,432

SBA
668

 
8

 
616

 
1,292

 
1,844

 
3,136

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
11,863

 
3,100

 
5,315

 
20,278

 
206,873

 
227,151

Total PCI loans
13,267

 
3,108

 
6,986

 
23,361

 
218,437

 
241,798

Total
$
47,566

 
$
9,450

 
$
27,524

 
$
84,540

 
$
3,849,175

 
$
3,933,715



35



The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2014, excluding accrued interest receivable (which is not considered to be material), by class of loans and leases: 
 
December 31, 2014
 
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
 
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater
than
89 Days
Past due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
1,415

 
$
165

 
$
2,049

 
$
3,629

 
$
218,677

 
$
222,306

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
8,853

 

 
437

 
9,290

 
113,887

 
123,177

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
294

 

 
209

 
503

 
4,476

 
4,979

Other consumer

 

 

 

 
113

 
113

Total NTM loans
10,562

 
165

 
2,695

 
13,422

 
337,153

 
350,575

Traditional loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
79

 
37

 
3,370

 
3,486

 
486,280

 
489,766

Commercial real estate
2,237

 

 

 
2,237

 
986,093

 
988,330

Multi-family
1,072

 
208

 

 
1,280

 
954,403

 
955,683

SBA
82

 

 
254

 
336

 
32,662

 
32,998

Construction

 

 

 

 
42,198

 
42,198

Lease financing
1,055

 
36

 
100

 
1,191

 
84,558

 
85,749

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
17,185

 
7,878

 
10,411

 
35,474

 
559,626

 
595,100

Other consumer
9

 
89

 
5

 
103

 
161,723

 
161,826

Total traditional loans and leases
21,719

 
8,248

 
14,140

 
44,107

 
3,307,543

 
3,351,650

PCI loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 
1,134

 
1,134

Commercial real estate

 

 
951

 
951

 
10,576

 
11,527

SBA
878

 

 
300

 
1,178

 
1,979

 
3,157

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
13,262

 
3,501

 
4,510

 
21,273

 
209,806

 
231,079

Total PCI loans
14,140

 
3,501

 
5,761

 
23,402

 
223,495

 
246,897

Total
$
46,421

 
$
11,914

 
$
22,596

 
$
80,931

 
$
3,868,191

 
$
3,949,122



36



Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) of loans are defined by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” and ASC 470-60, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors” and evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10-35. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the amount of principal amortization, forgiveness of a portion of a loan balance or accrued interest, or extension of the maturity date. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, there were 2 modifications through bankruptcy discharges. There were no modifications for the three ended March 31, 2014. The following table summarizes the pre-modification and post-modification balances of the new TDRs for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Number of
Loans
 
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Number of
Loans
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
($ in thousands)
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
2

 
$
1,430

 
$
1,430

 

 
$

 
$

Total
2

 
$
1,430

 
$
1,430

 

 
$

 
$


For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no loans and leases that were modified as TDRs during the past 12 months that had payment defaults during the periods.

Troubled debt restructured loans and leases consist of the following as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
NTM
Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM
Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

SBA

 
9

 
9

 

 
6

 
6

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 
4,543

 
4,543

 

 
4,269

 
4,269

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
4,549

 

 
4,549

 
3,442

 

 
3,442

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
294

 

 
294

 
294

 

 
294

Total
$
4,843

 
$
4,552

 
$
9,395

 
$
3,736

 
$
4,275

 
$
8,011


The Company did not have any commitments to lend to customers with outstanding loans or leases that were classified as troubled debt restructurings as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.


37



Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company performs historical loss analysis that is combined with a comprehensive loan or lease to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan and lease portfolio. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans and leases delinquent over 60 days and non-homogeneous loans and leases such as commercial and commercial real estate loans and leases. Classification of problem single family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogeneous loans and leases is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Pass: Loans and leases classified as pass are in compliance in all respects with the Bank’s credit policy and regulatory requirements, and do not exhibit any potential or defined weakness as defined under “Special Mention”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful/Loss”.

Special Mention: Loans and leases classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or of the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard: Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful/Loss: Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Not-Rated: When accrual of income on a pool of purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans with common risk characteristics is appropriate in accordance with ASC 310-30, individual loans in those pools are not risk-rated. The credit criteria evaluated are FICO scores, loan-to-value, delinquency, and actual cash flows versus expected cash flows of the loan pools.

Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans and leases.


38



The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of March 31, 2015: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Not-Rated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
224,683

 
$
2,041

 
$
2,282

 
$

 
$

 
$
229,006

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
100,428

 
3,056

 
16,173

 
301

 

 
119,958

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
4,748

 

 

 

 

 
4,748

Other consumer
113

 

 

 

 

 
113

Total NTM loans
329,972

 
5,097

 
18,455

 
301

 

 
353,825

Traditional loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
476,344

 
106

 
11,700

 

 

 
488,150

Commercial real estate
926,109

 
14,099

 
25,094

 

 

 
965,302

Multi-family
919,956

 
5,974

 
14,123

 

 

 
940,053

SBA
44,301

 

 
817

 

 

 
45,118

Construction
38,081

 

 

 

 

 
38,081

Lease financing
101,285

 
64

 
663

 

 

 
102,012

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
557,947

 
15,848

 
19,224

 

 

 
593,019

Other consumer
166,243

 
78

 
36

 

 

 
166,357

Total traditional loans and leases
3,230,266

 
36,169

 
71,657

 

 

 
3,338,092

PCI loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
92

 

 
987

 

 

 
1,079

Commercial real estate
5,700

 
974

 
3,758

 

 

 
10,432

SBA
364

 
346

 
2,426

 

 

 
3,136

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 

 
255

 

 
226,896

 
227,151

Total PCI loans
6,156

 
1,320

 
7,426

 

 
226,896

 
241,798

Total
$
3,566,394

 
$
42,586

 
$
97,538

 
$
301

 
$
226,896

 
$
3,933,715



39



The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of December 31, 2014: 
 
December 31, 2014
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Not-Rated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
219,747

 
$
279

 
$
2,280

 
$

 
$

 
$
222,306

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
104,640

 
399

 
18,138

 

 

 
123,177

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
4,770

 

 
209

 

 

 
4,979

Other consumer
113

 

 

 

 

 
113

Total NTM loans
329,270

 
678

 
20,627

 

 

 
350,575

Traditional loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
477,319

 
117

 
12,330

 

 

 
489,766

Commercial real estate
943,645

 
14,281

 
30,404

 

 

 
988,330

Multi-family
932,438

 
6,684

 
16,561

 

 

 
955,683

SBA
32,171

 

 
827

 

 

 
32,998

Construction
42,198

 

 

 

 

 
42,198

Lease financing
85,613

 
36

 
100

 

 

 
85,749

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
569,871

 
10,395

 
14,834

 

 

 
595,100

Other consumer
161,701

 
85

 
40

 

 

 
161,826

Total traditional loans and leases
3,244,956

 
31,598

 
75,096

 

 

 
3,351,650

PCI loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
104

 

 
1,030

 

 

 
1,134

Commercial real estate
6,676

 
985

 
3,866

 

 

 
11,527

SBA
677

 
351

 
2,129

 

 

 
3,157

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 

 
268

 

 
230,811

 
231,079

Total PCI loans
7,457

 
1,336

 
7,293

 

 
230,811

 
246,897

Total
$
3,581,683

 
$
33,612

 
$
103,016

 
$

 
$
230,811

 
$
3,949,122




40



Purchased Credit Impaired Loans

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company acquired loans and leases through business acquisitions and purchases of loan pools for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality subsequent to origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The following table presents the outstanding balance and carrying amount of those loans and leases, which are sometimes collectively referred to as “PCI loans” as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Outstanding
Balance
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Outstanding
Balance
 
Carrying
Amount
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
1,700

 
$
1,079

 
$
1,767

 
$
1,134

Commercial real estate
12,052

 
10,432

 
13,708

 
11,527

SBA
4,175

 
3,136

 
4,220

 
3,157

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
277,253

 
227,151

 
283,067

 
231,079

Total
$
295,180

 
$
241,798

 
$
302,762

 
$
246,897


The following table presents a summary of accretable yield, or income expected to be collected for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
92,301

 
$
126,336

New loans or leases purchased

 

Accretion of income
(5,048
)
 
(7,169
)
Changes in expected cash flows
(25
)
 
131

Disposals
(1,933
)
 
(10,950
)
Balance at end of period
$
85,295

 
$
108,348


The Company did not purchase any PCI loans during the three months ended March 31, 2015 or 2014. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not sell any PCI loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company sold a portion of PCI loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values of $27.7 million and $16.1 million, respectively, and recognized net gain on sale of loans of $2.3 million from the transaction.



41



NOTE 6 – SERVICING RIGHTS

The Company retains mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) from certain of its sales of residential mortgage loans. MSRs on residential mortgage loans are reported at fair value. Income earned by the Company on its MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs and third party subservicing costs. The Company retains servicing rights in connection with its SBA loan operations, which are measured using the amortization method.

Income (loss) from servicing rights for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $(442) thousand and $1.3 million, respectively. The decrease was mainly due to a loss recognized on the fair value of servicing rights. These amounts are reported in Loan Servicing Income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following table presents a composition of servicing rights as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31,
2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
(In thousands)
Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value
$
21,165

 
$
19,082

SBA servicing rights, at cost
664

 
484

Total
$
21,829

 
$
19,566


Mortgage loans sold with servicing retained are not reported as assets and are subserviced by a third party vendor. The unpaid principal balance of these loans at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $2.12 billion and $1.92 billion, respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with serviced loans were $8.1 million and $8.3 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0 and $5.9 million of the mortgage servicing rights were valued based on a market bid that settled subsequent to each period end, which were classified as Level 3, respectively. The following table presents the key characteristics, inputs and economic assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the MSRs as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31,
2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
($ in thousands)
Fair value of retained MSRs
$
21,165

 
$
13,135

Discount rate
9.84
%
 
10.09
%
Constant prepayment rate
12.98
%
 
13.22
%
Weighted-average life (in years)
6.04

 
5.80


The following table presents activity in the MSRs for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
19,082

 
$
13,535

Additions
10,192

 
5,140

Changes in fair value resulting from valuation inputs or assumptions
(528
)
 
462

Sales of servicing rights
(5,862
)
 

Other—loans paid off
(1,719
)
 
(584
)
Balance at end of period
$
21,165

 
$
18,553


42



SBA Servicing Rights

The Company used a discount rate of 7.25 percent to calculate the present value of cash flows and an estimated prepayment speed based on prepayment data available. Discount rates and prepayment speeds are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as appropriate. The following table presents activity in the SBA servicing rights for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
484

 
$
348

Additions
195

 

Amortization, including prepayments
(15
)
 
(21
)
Balance at end of period
$
664

 
$
327


NOTE 7 – OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

The following table presents the activity in other real estate owned for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
423

 
$

Additions
534

 
150

Sales and net direct write-downs
(437
)
 

Net change in valuation allowance
(22
)
 

Balance at end of period
$
498

 
$
150


The following table presents the activity in the other real estate owned valuation allowance for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
32

 
$

Additions
22

 

Net direct write-downs and removals from sale

 

Balance at end of period
$
54

 
$


The following table presents expenses related to foreclosed assets included in Loan Servicing and Foreclosure Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Net gain (loss) on sales
$
17

 
$

Operating expenses, net of rental income

 

Total
$
17

 
$


The Company did not provide loans for sale of other real estate owned during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

43



NOTE 8 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

At March 31, 2015, the Company had goodwill of $31.6 million related to the RenovationReady, CS Financial, Private Bank of California, and Beach Business Bank acquisitions.

The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually as of August 31 (the Measurement Date). At the Measurement Date, the Company, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35-3, evaluates, based on the weight of evidence, the significance of all qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The assessment of qualitative factors at the most recent Measurement Date indicated that it is not more likely than not that impairment existed; as a result no further testing was performed.

Core deposit intangibles are amortized over their useful lives ranging from 4 to 10 years. As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average remaining amortization period for core deposit intangibles was approximately 8.0 years. Customer relationship intangible, related to the RenovationReady acquisition, is amortized over its useful life of 5 years. As of March 31, 2015, the remaining amortization period for customer relationship intangible was approximately 3.8 years. Trade name intangibles, related to the RenovationReady and CS Financial acquisitions, have indefinite useful lives. The following table presents a summary of other intangible assets as of the dates indicated: 
 
Gross
Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Value
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Core deposit intangibles
$
31,162

 
$
8,748

 
$
22,414

Customer relationship intangible
670

 
156

 
514

Trade name intangibles
780

 

 
780

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Core deposit intangibles
$
31,162

 
$
7,237

 
$
23,925

Customer relationship intangible
670

 
123

 
547

Trade name intangibles
780

 

 
780


Aggregate amortization of intangible assets was $1.5 million and $939 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The following table presents estimated future amortization expenses as of March 31, 2015: 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019 and 
After
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Estimated future amortization expense
$
4,292

 
$
4,946

 
$
4,066

 
$
3,205

 
$
6,419

 
$
22,928


The Company has identified operating segments for purposes of management reporting and, accordingly, reallocated goodwill reporting units. Management reallocated goodwill to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. The carrying values of goodwill allocated to the reportable segments were $29.5 million and $2.1 million to the Banking segment and Mortgage Banking segment, respectively, at March 31, 2015. See Note 19 for additional information.



44



NOTE 9 – FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS

At March 31, 2015, $400.0 million of the Bank's advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.28 percent to 0.34 percent with a weighted average interest rate of 0.31 percent and $145.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.24 percent. At December 31, 2014, $400.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.19 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average interest rate of 0.31 percent, and $233.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.27 percent.

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1.89 billion and $1.84 billion, respectively. The Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco totaled $27.4 million and $29.8 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $943.0 million at March 31, 2015.

The Bank maintained a line of credit of $111.1 million from the Federal Reserve Discount Window, to which the Bank pledged loans with a carrying value of $149.0 million with no outstanding borrowings at March 31, 2015. The Bank also maintained available unsecured federal funds lines of credit of $85.0 million and potential borrowings under repurchase agreements up to $319.6 million at March 31, 2015.

On March 30, 2015, Banc of California, Inc. established a line of credit of $20.0 million with a financial institution with a maturity date of March 28, 2016 at a floating interest rate equal to a LIBOR rate plus 2.25 percent or a prime rate, the proceeds of which are to be used for working capital purposes. The Company had outstanding borrowings of $15.0 million under this line of credit at March 31, 2015.

45



NOTE 10 – LONG TERM DEBT

Senior Notes

On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (the Senior Notes I) at a price to the public of $25.00 per Senior Note I. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million.

On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes I at a price to the public of $25.00 per Senior Note I, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.

The Senior Notes I were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the Base Indenture), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, (the First Supplemental Indenture, and together with the Base Indenture, the Senior Notes I Indenture), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

The Senior Notes I are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Senior Notes I bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent. The Company makes interest payments on the Senior Notes I quarterly in arrears.

The Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Senior Notes I in whole or in part on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Senior Notes I will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Notes I to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The Senior Notes I Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.

Subsequent to March 31, 2015, the Company completed the issuance and sale of additional senior notes (Senior Notes II). See Note 21 for additional information.

Tangible Equity Units – Amortizing Notes

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $69.0 million of 8.00 percent tangible equity units (TEUs) in an underwritten public offering. A total of 1,380,000 TEUs were issued, including 180,000 TEUs issued to the underwriter upon exercise of its overallotment option, with each TEU having a stated amount of $50.00. Each TEU is comprised of (i) a prepaid stock purchase contract (each a Purchase Contract) that will be settled by delivery of a specified number of shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 (each an Amortizing Note) that has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50 percent per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. The Company has the right to defer installment payments on the Amortizing Notes at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as such deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019.

The Purchase Contracts and Amortizing Notes are accounted for separately. The Purchase Contract component of the TEUs is recorded in Additional Paid in Capital on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Amortizing Note is recorded in Notes Payable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The relative fair values of the Amortizing Notes and Purchase Contracts were estimated to be approximately $14.6 million and $54.4 million, respectively. Total issuance costs associated with the TEUs were $4.0 million (including the underwriter discount of $3.3 million), of which $857 thousand was allocated to the liability component and $3.2 million was allocated to the equity component of the TEUs. The portion of the issuance costs allocated to the debt component of the TEUs is being amortized over the term of the amortizing note. Net proceeds of $65.0 million from the issuance of the TEUs were designated to partially finance the BPNA Branch Acquisition and for general corporate purposes. See Note 15 for additional information.

46



NOTE 11 – INCOME TAXES

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, income tax expense was $9.5 million and $191 thousand, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 43.1 percent and 20.3 percent, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate increased due to the release of the valuation allowance during the three months ended March 31, 2014, and an increase in the ASC 740-10-25 liability and interest expense related to the settlement of the 2010 and 2011 Internal Revenue Service examination.

The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the amounts for financial reporting purposes and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management will continue to evaluate both positive and negative evidence on a quarterly basis, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on this analysis, management determined that it was more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets would be realized. Therefore, no valuation allowance was provided against the net deferred tax assets of $14.2 million and $16.4 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

ASC 740-10-25 (formerly FIN 48) relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $5.7 million and $5.4 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease up to $5.3 million in the next twelve months due to anticipated certain changes to the Company's tax accounting methods. As of March 31, 2015, the total unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was $340 thousand. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $30 thousand and $23 thousand accrued for interest or penalties, respectively. In the event the Company is assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 (with the exception of Gateway Bancorp, a predecessor entity, which is currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2008 and 2009 tax years).The statute of limitations for the assessment of California Franchise taxes has expired for tax years before 2010 (other state income and franchise tax statutes of limitations vary by state).

ASU 2014-01 was adopted effective January 1, 2015. Under this standard, amortization of investments in qualified low income housing tax credits is reported within income tax expense. See Note 1 for additional information.


47



NOTE 12 – MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

The Bank originates conforming single family residential mortgage loans and sells these loans in the secondary market. The amount of net revenue on mortgage banking activities is a function of mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair values of these loans and derivatives. Net revenue on mortgage banking activities includes mark to market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales contracts, and initial capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs).

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Bank originated $1.01 billion and sold $927.7 million conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $34.4 million and 3.41 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $9.8 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Bank originated $511.5 million and sold $531.8 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $15.2 million and 2.96 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $4.8 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Mortgage Loan Repurchase Obligations

In addition to net revenue on mortgage banking activities, the Company records provisions to the representation and warranty reserve representing our initial estimate of losses on probable mortgage repurchases or loss reimbursements. Total provision for loan repurchases totaled $1.3 million and $571 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Of these total provisions for loan repurchases, the Company recorded an initial provision for loan repurchases of $483 thousand against net revenue on mortgage banking activities during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for losses on repurchased loans for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
8,303

 
$
5,427

Provision for loan repurchases
1,328

 
571

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans
(1,199
)
 
(132
)
Balance at end of period
$
8,432

 
$
5,866



48



NOTE 13 – RISK MANAGEMENT AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The Company uses derivative instruments and other risk management techniques to reduce its exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates in accordance with its risk management policies. The Company utilizes forward contracts and investor commitments to economically hedge mortgage banking products and may from time to time use interest rate swaps as hedges against certain liabilities.

On September 30, 2013 and January 30, 2015, the Company entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest-rate swap contracts for the notional amounts of $50.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively, with maturity dates of September 27, 2018 and January 30, 2022, respectively. These swap contracts were entered into with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flows attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The fair values of the interest rate swaps were losses of $415 thousand and $235 thousand as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The Company originates residential real estate mortgage loans and generates revenues from the origination and sale of these loans. Although management closely monitors market conditions, such activities are sensitive to fluctuations in prevailing interest rates and real estate markets. As of March 31, 2015, approximately 78.8 percent of all properties securing loans held for sale were located in California. A change in the underlying economic conditions of the California residential real estate market could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.

In connection with mortgage banking activities, if interest rates increase, the value of the Company’s loan commitments to borrowers and fixed rate mortgage loans held-for-sale are adversely impacted. The Company attempts to economically hedge the risk of the overall change in the fair value of loan commitments to borrowers and mortgage loans held for sale by selling forward contracts on securities with government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) and investors in loans. Forward contracts on securities of GSEs and loan commitments to borrowers are non-designated derivative instruments and the gains and losses resulting from these derivative instruments are included in Net Revenue on Mortgage Banking Activities in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At March 31, 2015, the resulting derivative assets of $13.6 million and liabilities of $4.1 million, are included in Other Assets and Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At March 31, 2015, the Company had outstanding forward sales commitments totaling $572.0 million. At March 31, 2015, the Company was committed to fund loans for borrowers of approximately $439.9 million.

The net losses relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management were $2.7 million and $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are included in Net Revenue on Mortgage Banking Activities in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table presents the amount and market value of derivative instruments included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of the dates indicated. Note 3 contains further disclosures pertaining to the fair value of mortgage banking derivatives. 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Notional
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
Included in assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
$
429,917

 
$
13,555

 
$
179,923

 
$
5,750

Mandatory forward commitments

 

 
25,735

 
629

Total included in assets
$
429,917

 
$
13,555

 
$
205,658

 
$
6,379

Included in liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
$
9,978

 
$
98

 
$
10,075

 
$
197

Mandatory forward commitments
572,000

 
4,039

 
364,829

 
2,803

Interest rate swap
75,000

 
415

 
50,000

 
235

Total included in liabilities
$
656,978

 
$
4,552

 
$
424,904

 
$
3,235



49



NOTE 14 – STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

Share-based Compensation Expense

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, share-based compensation expense was $1.7 million and $923 thousand, respectively, and the related tax benefits were $694 thousand and $0, respectively.

On July 16, 2013, the Company’s stockholders approved the Company’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the 2013 Omnibus Plan). Upon the approval of the 2013 Omnibus Plan, the Company ceased being able to grant new awards under the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any prior equity incentive plans. The 2013 Omnibus Plan provides that the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock that may be subject to awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan will be 20 percent of the then outstanding shares of Company common stock (the Share Limit), provided that in no event will the Share Limit be less than the greater of 2,384,711 shares of Company common stock and the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock with respect to which awards have been properly granted under the 2013 Omnibus Plan up to that point in time. As of March 31, 2015, based on the number of shares then registered for issuance under the 2013 Omnibus Plan, 2,988,604 shares were available for future awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan.

Unrecognized Share-based Compensation Expense

The following table presents unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of March 31, 2015: 
 
Unrecognized
Expense
 
Average
Expected
Recognition
Period
 
($ in thousands)
Stock option awards
$
998

 
2.9 years
Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units
9,546

 
3.6 years
Total
$
10,544

 
3.5 years

Stock Options

The Company has issued stock options to certain employees, officers and directors. Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of grant (or, in the case of options granted under the 2013 Omnibus Plan, at the closing market price on the business day before the date of grant), and generally have a three to five year vesting period and contractual terms of seven to ten years.

The following table represents stock option activity as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2015: 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
 
Aggregated
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands) 
Outstanding at beginning of period
879,070

 
$
12.67

 
7.3 years
 
$
32

Granted

 
$

 
0.0 years
 
$

Exercised

 
$

 
0.0 years
 
$

Forfeited
(50,540
)
 
$
11.90

 
5.6 years
 
$

Outstanding at end of period
828,530

 
$
12.72

 
7.4 years
 
$
229

Exercisable at end of period
496,016

 
$
11.85

 
7.9 years
 
$
229



50



The following table represents changes in unvested stock options and related information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2015: 
 
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
Outstanding at beginning of period
552,672

 
$
12.74

Granted

 
$

Vested

 
$

Forfeited

 
$

Outstanding at end of period
552,672

 
$
12.74


Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

The Company also has granted restricted stock awards and restricted stock units to certain employees, officers and directors. The restricted stock awards and units are valued at the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of award. The restricted stock awards and units fully vest after a specified number of years (ranging from one to five years) of continued employment from the date of grant. The Company recognizes an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the taxable income reported by the holders of the restricted stock, generally when vested or, in the case of restricted stock units, when settled.

The following table represents unvested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units activity as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2015: 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Price per
Share
Outstanding at beginning of period
1,287,302

 
$
12.53

Granted
80,670

 
$
10.93

Vested
(22,419
)
 
$
11.06

Forfeited
(28,669
)
 
$
12.22

Outstanding at end of period
1,316,884

 
$
12.46


Stock Appreciation Rights

On August 21, 2012, the Company granted to its chief executive officer a ten-year stock appreciation right (SAR) with respect to 500,000 shares (Initial SAR) of the Company’s common stock with a base price of $12.12 per share. One third of the Initial SAR vested on the grant date, one third vested on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-third vested on the second anniversary of the grant date such that the SAR was fully vested on the second anniversary of the grant date. Upon cessation of the chief executive officer’s service with the Company for “Cause” or without “Good Reason” (including a cessation of service following the expiration of the term of the chief executive officer’s employment agreement), the vested portion of all SARs will expire 90 days following the cessation of service. Except as otherwise described below for Additional SAR VI, additional SARs (Additional SARs) have been issued to the Company’s chief executive officer with the same terms and conditions (including vesting and dividend equivalent rights) as the Initial SAR pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions under the SAR agreement with the Company due to the Company’s subsequent issuances of shares of common stock.

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued additional SARs (Additional SAR VI) to the Company’s chief executive officer relating to a public offering of the Company’s tangible equity units (TEUs). Each TEU is comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract (each, a Purchase Contract) and a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 issued by the Company (each, an Amortizing Note). Unless settled early at the holder’s option, each Purchase Contract will automatically settle and the Company will deliver a number of shares of its voting common stock based on the then applicable market value of the voting common stock, ranging from an initial minimum settlement rate of 4.4456 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is equal to or greater than $11.247 per share to an initial maximum settlement rate of 5.1124 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is less than or equal to $9.78 per share. The number of settlement shares underlying the Additional SAR VI was calculated using the initial maximum settlement rate and,

51



therefore, the number of shares underlying the Additional SAR VI is subject to adjustment and forfeiture if the aggregate number of shares of stock issued in settlement of any single Purchase Contract is less than the initial maximum settlement rate.

Until each Purchase Contract settles and the voting common stock related thereto is issued, each corresponding Additional SAR VI has a vesting date of May 21, 2017 and has no dividend equivalent rights prior to vesting. The Additional SAR VI vests earlier as follows: (i) for any Purchase Contract settled before August 21, 2014, the Additional SAR VI corresponding to such Purchase Contract became 2/3 vested and exercisable on the date on which any such Purchase Contract was settled and the remaining 1/3 became vested and exercisable on August 21, 2014 and, until it became vested on August 21, 2014, the 1/3 unvested Additional SAR VI corresponding to such Purchase Contract was eligible for the same dividend equivalent rights as the Initial SAR; (ii) for any Purchase Contract settled in shares of voting common stock on or after August 21, 2014, then the Additional SAR VI corresponding to such Purchase Contract shall become 100 percent vested and exercisable on the date on which any such Purchase Contract is settled; and (iii) if the aggregate number of shares of voting common stock issued in settlement of any single Purchase Contract on the settlement date (the Actually Issued Common Shares) is less than the initial maximum settlement rate, then the Additional SAR VI related to that single Purchase Contract shall be recalculated and adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Initial SAR based on the Actually Issued Common Shares instead of the initial maximum settlement rate and the chief executive officer shall forfeit on such settlement date any Additional SAR VI granted in excess of those that would have been granted on the respective settlement date.

The following table represents a summary of all outstanding SARs (Initial SAR and Additional SARs, together the SARs): 
 
Initial SAR
 
Additional
SAR I
(1)
 
Additional
SAR II
(2)
 
Additional
SAR III
(3)
 
Additional
SAR IV
(4)
 
Additional
SAR V
(5)
 
Additional
SAR VI
(6)
 
Additional
SAR VII
 (7)
Grant Date
8/21/2012

 
6/21/2013

 
7/1/2013

 
7/2/2013

 
12/10/2013

 
5/21/2014

 
5/21/2014

 
11/7/2014

Number of shares
500,000

 
150,933

 
88,366

 
15,275

 
70,877

 
252,023

 
280,110

 
216,334

Base price per share
$
12.12

 
$
13.06

 
$
13.60

 
$
13.55

 
$
12.83

 
$
10.09

 
$
10.09

 
$
11.62

Grant date fair value per share
$
2.77

 
$
2.38

 
$
2.17

 
$
2.19

 
$
2.47

 
$
1.65

 
$
2.22

 
$
1.84

 
(1)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for an underwritten public offering completed on June 21, 2013.
(2)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance in connection with the PBOC acquisition completed on July 1, 2013.
(3)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for the exercise of over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the Company’s public common stock offering initially completed on June 21, 2013.
(4)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance in a private placement completed on December 10, 2013.
(5)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for an underwritten public offering completed on May 21, 2014.
(6)
The Additional SAR VI originally related to 300,219 shares of common stock with a scheduled vesting of May 21, 2017, as described above. As a result of the settlements of portions of the Purchase Contacts, the Additional SAR VI accelerated in vesting with respect to 143,849 shares and 20,109 shares were forfeited as of March 31, 2015. A portion of Additional SAR VI that has accelerated in vesting has the same terms and conditions as the Initial SAR.
(7)
Issued due to the Company's common stock issuance for a private placement completed on November 7, 2014.

The SARs originally were to be settled in cash and the compensation expense for the SARs was recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value as calculated using Black Scholes as of the grant date and adjusted each quarter. On December 13, 2013 (the conversion date), the Company amended the Initial SAR agreement to provide that the SARs be settled in shares of voting common stock rather than cash, with all other terms remaining substantially the same. Currently, compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value as calculated using Black Scholes as of the conversion date for the SARs issued before the conversion date and grant dates for the SARs issued after the conversion date.


52



NOTE 15 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Warrants

On November 1, 2010, the Company issued warrants to TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. for up to 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock at an original exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to certain adjustments to the number of shares underlying the warrants as well as certain adjustments to the warrant exercise price as applicable. These warrants are exercisable from the date of original issuance through November 1, 2015.

On November 1, 2010, the Company also issued warrants to COR Advisors LLC, an entity controlled by Steven A. Sugarman, who became a director of the Company on that date and later became President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to certain adjustments to the number of shares underlying the warrants as well as certain adjustments to the warrant exercise price as applicable. As a result of transfers of these warrants subsequent to their original issuance, warrants for the right to purchase 960,000 shares of non-voting common stock are now held by Mr. Sugarman and his spouse through a living trust, and warrants for the right to purchase 435,000 shares of non-voting common stock are now held by Jeffrey T. Seabold, Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer of the Bank. These warrants vested in tranches, with the first tranche vesting on January 1, 2011 and the last tranche vesting on July 1, 2013 and with each respective tranche being exercisable for five years after the tranche's vesting date.

The warrants are exercisable for voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock following the transfer of the warrants in a widely dispersed offering or in other limited circumstances. Based on automatic adjustments to the original $11.00 exercise price, the Company has determined that the exercise price for these warrants was $9.22 per share as of March 31, 2015. The terms and issuance of the foregoing warrants were approved by the Company's stockholders at a special meeting held on October 25, 2010.

Common Stock

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued 5,150,000 shares of its voting common stock in an underwritten public offering and for gross proceeds of approximately $50.4 million and 772,500 shares of voting common stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option, for additional gross proceeds of approximately $7.6 million.

On November 7, 2014, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 3,288,947 shares of its voting common stock to OCM BOCA Investor, LLC (Oaktree), an entity owned by investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., and 1,900,000 shares of its voting common stock to Patriot Financial Partners, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P, for gross proceeds of $49.9 million.

Tangible Equity Units

On May 21, 2014, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 1,380,000 of its tangible equity units (TEUs), which included 180,000 TEUs issued to the underwriter upon the full exercise of its over-allotment option, resulting in net proceeds of $65.0 million. Each TEU is comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract (each, a Purchase Contract) and a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 issued by the Company (each, an Amortizing Note). Unless settled early at the holder’s option, each Purchase Contract will automatically settle and the Company will deliver a number of shares of its voting common stock based on the then-applicable market value of the voting common stock, ranging from an initial minimum settlement rate of 4.4456 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is equal to or greater than $11.247 per share to an initial maximum settlement rate of 5.1124 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is less than or equal to $9.78 per share.

From the first business day following the issuance of the TEUs to but excluding the third business day immediately preceding May 15, 2017, a holder of a Purchase Contract may settle its Purchase Contract early, and the Company will deliver to the holder 4.4456 shares of voting common stock. The holder also may elect to settle its Purchase Contract early in connection with a “fundamental change,” in which case the holder will receive a number of shares of voting common stock based on a fundamental change early settlement rate. The Company may elect to settle all Purchase Contracts early by delivering to each holder 5.1124 shares of voting common stock or, under certain circumstances, by delivering 4.4456 shares of voting common stock. As of March 31, 2015, a total of 708,692 Purchase Contracts had been settled early by their holders, resulting in the issuance by the Company of 3,150,561 shares of voting common stock. As of March 31, 2015, 671,308 Purchase Contracts remained outstanding.

53




Each Amortizing Note has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50 percent per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. On each August 15, November 15, February 15 and May 15, commencing on August 15, 2014, the Company will pay holders of Amortizing Notes equal quarterly cash installments of $1.00 per Amortizing Note (or, in the case of the installment payment due on August 15, 2014, $0.933333 per Amortizing Note) (such installments, the installment payments), which installment payments in the aggregate will be equivalent to a 8.00 percent cash distribution per year with respect to each $50.00 stated amount of TEUs. Each installment payment will constitute a payment of interest (at a rate of 7.50 percent per annum) and a partial repayment of principal on each Amortizing Note. The Company has the right to defer installment payments at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as such deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019. If the Company elects to settle the Purchase Contracts early, the holders of the Amortizing Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase the Amortizing Notes. As of March 31, 2015, the Amortizing Notes totaled $10.9 million, net of unamortized discounts, and were included in Notes Payable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Preferred Stock

Subsequent to March 31, 2015, the Company issued depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of preferred stock. See Note 21 for additional information.

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income includes unrealized gain (losses) on available for sale investment securities and unrealized gain on cash flow hedge. Changes to other accumulated other comprehensive income are presented net of tax effect as a component of equity. Reclassifications from accumulated comprehensive income are recorded on the statements of operations either as a gain or loss.

The following table presents changes to accumulated other comprehensive income for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Available for Sale
Securities
 
Cash Flow
Hedge
 
Total
 
Available for Sale
Securities
 
Cash Flow
Hedge
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Unrealized gain (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
509

 
$
(136
)
 
$
373

 
$
(826
)
 
$
226

 
$
(600
)
Unrealized gain(loss) arising during the period
3,330

 
(180
)
 
3,150

 
1,023

 
(217
)
 
806

Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income
2

 

 
2

 
(507
)
 

 
(507
)
Tax effect of current period changes
(1,403
)
 
76

 
(1,327
)
 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes
1,929

 
(104
)
 
1,825

 
516

 
(217
)
 
299

Balance at end of period
$
2,438

 
$
(240
)
 
$
2,198

 
$
(310
)
 
$
9

 
$
(301
)


54



NOTE 16 – REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

The following table presents the regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of dates indicated: 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Minimum 
Capital
Requirement
 
Ratio
 
Minimum 
Required
to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
Ratio
 
($ in thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banc of California, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
502,054

 
11.55
%
 
$
347,838

 
8.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
470,808

 
10.83
%
 
260,879

 
6.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
391,714

 
9.01
%
 
195,659

 
4.50
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio
470,808

 
7.99
%
 
235,611

 
4.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Banc of California, NA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
589,547

 
13.58
%
 
$
347,348

 
8.00
%
 
$
434,185

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
558,301

 
12.86
%
 
260,511

 
6.00
%
 
347,348

 
8.00
%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
558,301

 
12.86
%
 
195,383

 
4.50
%
 
282,220

 
6.50
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
558,301

 
9.49
%
 
235,344

 
4.00
%
 
294,180

 
5.00
%
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banc of California, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
473,656

 
11.28
%
 
$
335,829

 
8.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
442,307

 
10.54
%
 
167,914

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio
442,307

 
8.57
%
 
206,502

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Banc of California, NA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
503,727

 
12.04
%
 
$
334,834

 
8.00
%
 
$
418,543

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
472,378

 
11.29
%
 
167,417

 
4.00
%
 
251,126

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
472,378

 
9.17
%
 
206,095

 
4.00
%
 
257,619

 
5.00
%

Through December 31, 2014, the FRB required bank holding companies such as the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, through December 31, 2014 the FRB required bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 4.0 percent. Through December 31, 2014, in order to be considered “well capitalized,” federal bank regulatory agencies required depository institutions such as the Bank to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10.0 percent, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 5.0 percent.

In July 2013, the Federal banking regulators approved a final rule to implement the revised capital adequacy standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and to address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act). The final rule strengthens the definition of regulatory capital, increases risk-based capital requirements, makes selected changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and adjusts the prompt corrective action thresholds. The Company and the Bank became subject to the new rule on January 1, 2015 and certain provisions of the new rule will be phased in over the period of 2015 through 2019.

The final rule:
Permits banking organizations that had less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, to include in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock that were issued and included in Tier 1 capital prior to May 19, 2010, subject to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, excluding any non-qualifying capital instruments and after all regulatory capital deductions and adjustments have been applied to Tier 1 capital.

55



Establishes new qualifying criteria for regulatory capital, including new limitations on the inclusion of deferred tax assets and mortgage servicing rights.
Requires a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent.
Increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement from 4 percent to 6 percent.
Retains the minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement of 8 percent.
Retains a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4 percent.
Changes the prompt corrective action standards so that in order to be considered well-capitalized, a depository institution must have a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.5 percent (new), a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent (increased from 6 percent), a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10 percent (unchanged), and a leverage ratio of 5 percent (unchanged).
Retains the existing regulatory capital framework for one-to-four family residential mortgage exposures.
Permits banking organizations that are not subject to the advanced approaches rule, such as the Company and the Bank, to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for most accumulated other comprehensive income, such that unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale will not affect regulatory capital amounts and ratios.
Implements a new capital conservation buffer requirement for a banking organization to maintain a common equity capital ratio more than 2.5 percent above the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total risk based capital ratios in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, and certain discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625 percent and will be fully phased in at 2.50 percent by January 1, 2019. A banking organization with a buffer of less than the required amount would be subject to increasingly stringent limitations on such distributions and payments as the buffer approaches zero. The new rule also generally prohibits a banking organization from making such distributions or payments during any quarter if its eligible retained income is negative and its capital conservation buffer ratio was 2.5 percent or less at the end of the previous quarter. The eligible retained income of a banking organization is defined as its net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the current calendar quarter, based on the organization’s quarterly regulatory reports, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income.
Increases capital requirements for past-due loans, high volatility commercial real estate exposures, and certain short term commitments and securitization exposures.
Expands the recognition of collateral and guarantors in determining risk-weighted assets.
Removes references to credit ratings consistent with the Dodd Frank Act and establishes due diligence requirements for securitization exposures.



56



NOTE 17 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders is computed by subtracting income allocated to participating securities, participating securities dividends and preferred stock dividends from net income. Participating securities are instruments granted in share-based payment transactions that contain rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, which includes the SARs to the extent they confer dividend equivalent rights, as described under “Stock Appreciation Rights” in Note 14. Basic earnings (loss) per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income allocated to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, including the minimum number of shares issuable under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the restricted stock units, the potentially issuable shares in excess of the minimum under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units, outstanding stock options, and warrants to purchase common stock. Computations for basic and diluted EPS are provided below. 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Common
Stock
 
Class B
Common
Stock
 
Total
 
Common
Stock
 
Class B
Common
Stock
 
Total
 
($ in thousands, except per share data)
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
12,560

 
$
14

 
$
12,574

 
$
727

 
$
22

 
$
749

Less: income allocated to participating securities
(272
)
 

 
(272
)
 

 

 

Less: participating securities dividends
(173
)
 

 
(173
)
 

 

 

Less: preferred stock dividends
(909
)
 
(1
)
 
(910
)
 
(883
)
 
(27
)
 
(910
)
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
$
11,206

 
$
13

 
$
11,219

 
$
(156
)
 
$
(5
)
 
$
(161
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
37,831,035

 
42,218

 
37,873,253

 
19,609,017

 
590,008

 
20,199,025

Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.30

 
$
0.30

 
$
0.30

 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
(0.01
)
Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
$
11,206

 
$
13

 
$
11,219

 
$
(156
)
 
$
(5
)
 
$
(161
)
Additional income allocation for class B dilutive shares
(85
)
 
85

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
$
11,121

 
$
98

 
$
11,219

 
$
(156
)
 
$
(5
)
 
$
(161
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share
37,831,035

 
42,218

 
37,873,253

 
19,609,017

 
590,008

 
20,199,025

Add: Dilutive effects of restricted stock units
146,876

 

 
146,876

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effects of purchase contracts

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effects of stock options
626

 

 
626

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effects of warrants

 
283,911

 
283,911

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive common shares
37,978,537

 
326,129

 
38,304,666

 
19,609,017

 
590,008

 
20,199,025

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.29

 
$
0.30

 
$
0.29

 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
(0.01
)

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, there were 797,514 stock options for common stock that were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share, because they were anti-dilutive. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, there were 1,493,505 stock options and 1,635,000 warrants for common stock that were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share, because they were anti-dilutive.


57



NOTE 18 – OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

Some financial instruments such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows for the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Fixed
Rate
 
Variable
Rate
 
Fixed
Rate
 
Variable
Rate
 
(In thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
$
126,760

 
$
94,011

 
$
87,517

 
$
82,818

Unused lines of credit
35,865

 
310,839

 
20,631

 
295,626

Letters of credit
810

 
11,140

 
825

 
10,411


Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 30 days or less.

As of March 31, 2015, total forward commitments were $612.1 million. These commitments consisted of jumbo mortgage loan sale commitments of $8.9 million, TBAs of $572.0 million, best efforts of $31.3 million, and other commitments of $0. Additionally, the Company had IRLCs of $439.9 million at March 31, 2015.


58



NOTE 19 – SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company utilizes an internal reporting system to measure the performance of various operating segments within the Bank and the Company overall. The Company has identified four operating segments for purposes of management reporting: i) Banking; ii) Mortgage Banking; iii) Financial Advisory and Asset Management; and iv) Corporate/Other. Each of these four business divisions meets the criteria of an operating segment, as each segment engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses and its operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer or his delegate, to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available.

The principal business of the Banking segment consists of attracting deposits and investing these funds primarily in commercial, consumer and real estate secured loans. The principal business of the Mortgage Banking segment is originating conforming SFR loans and selling these loans in the secondary market. The principal business of the Financial Advisory and Asset Management segment is operated by The Palisades Group and provides services of purchase, sale and management of SFR mortgage loans. The Corporate/Other segment includes the holding company and PTB, an entity formed to hold real estate. The Corporate/Other operating segment engages in business activities through the sale of other real estate owned and loans held at the holding company and incurs interest expense on debt as well as non-interest expense for corporate related activities. The operating segment results do not include allocation of centralized costs that are currently recorded in the Banking and Corporate/Other segment. The Company is currently in the process of determining the basis for calculating allocations.

The following table represents the operating segments’ financial results and other key financial measures as of or for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
As of or For the Three Months Ended
 
Banking
 
Mortgage Banking
 
Financial Advisory and Asset Management
 
Corporate/ Other
 
Inter-segment Elimination
 
Consolidated
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
51,552

 
$
2,501

 
$

 
$
(2,056
)
 
$

 
$
51,997

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income
7,855

 
36,928

 
2,622

 

 
(1,425
)
 
45,980

Noninterest expense
43,492

 
29,797

 
1,980

 
2,035

 
(1,425
)
 
75,879

Income (loss) before income taxes
$
15,915

 
$
9,632

 
$
642

 
$
(4,091
)
 
$

 
$
22,098

Total assets
$
5,684,574

 
$
406,215

 
$
2,987

 
$
25,424

 
$
(21,845
)
 
$
6,097,355

March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
34,900

 
$
1,869

 
$

 
$
(1,584
)
 
$

 
$
35,185

Provision for loan and lease losses
1,929

 

 

 

 

 
1,929

Noninterest income
5,796

 
18,369

 
2,993

 
3

 
(1,883
)
 
25,278

Noninterest expense
31,681

 
22,849

 
2,246

 
2,701

 
(1,883
)
 
57,594

Income (loss) before income taxes
$
7,086

 
$
(2,611
)
 
$
747

 
$
(4,282
)
 
$

 
$
940

Total assets
$
3,816,728

 
$
202,555

 
$
3,943

 
$
19,257

 
$
(12,018
)
 
$
4,030,465



59



NOTE 20 – RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Bank has granted loans to certain officers and directors and their related interests. Loans outstanding to officers and directors and their related interests amounted to $220 thousand and $200 thousand at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, each of which were performing in accordance with their respective terms. These loans are made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those of comparable transactions with non-insiders prevailing at the time, in accordance with the Bank’s underwriting guidelines, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. The Bank has an Employee Loan Program (the Program) which offers executive officers, directors and principal stockholders that meet the eligibility requirements the opportunity to participate on the same terms as employees generally, provided that any loan to an executive officer, director or principal stockholder must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. The sole benefit provided under the Program is a reduction in loan fees.

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their related interests amounted to $3.5 million and $4.5 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Transactions Involving Steven A. Sugarman. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with or relatives of Steven A. Sugarman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

The Palisades Group Lease Payment Reimbursements. The Company acquired its subsidiary, The Palisades Group, LLC (The Palisades Group) on September 16, 2013, at which time Palisades occupied premises in Santa Monica, California leased by COR Securities Holding, Inc. (CORSHI), of which Mr. Sugarman is the Chief Executive Officer as well as a stockholder (both directly and indirectly). In light of the benefit received by The Palisades Group of its occupancy of the Santa Monica premises, the disinterested directors of the Company’s Board ratified reimbursement to CORSHI for rental payments made for the Santa Monica premises for the period commencing September 16, 2013 through June 27, 2014, the last date The Palisades Group occupied the premises. The Palisades Group negotiated with an unaffiliated third party a lease for new premises and occupied those premises on June 27, 2014.

The aggregate amount of rent payments reimbursed to CORSHI from September 16, 2013 through December 30, 2013 were $40 thousand comprised of: (i) $6 thousand, the pro-rated base rent amount for the partial month of September 2013; (ii) $11 thousand per month in base rent for the months of October and November 2013; and (iii) $12 thousand per month in base rent for the month of December 2013.

Regarding the security deposit for the premises, after The Palisades Group occupied the CORSHI premises, the Company reimbursed CORSHI relating to a security deposit amount for the premises of $34 thousand and the Company later received reimbursement of this security deposit amount from The Palisades Group. For the months of January 1, 2014 through June 27, 2014, CORSHI granted The Palisades Group a rent abatement equal to the $34 thousand security deposit and, combined with additional payments, The Palisades Group paid leasing costs totaling $58 thousand to CORSHI for that same time period. The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board has monitored all the reimbursement costs reviewed the aggregate reimbursement costs.

The Palisades Group Consulting Agreement. As discussed above, the Company acquired its subsidiary, The Palisades Group, on September 16, 2013. Effective July 1, 2013, The Palisades Group entered into a consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman, Mr. Sugarman’s brother. Jason Sugarman provides advisory services to financial institutions and other institutional clients related to investments in residential mortgages, real estate and real estate related assets and The Palisades Group entered into the agreement with Jason Sugarman to provide these types of consulting services. The consulting agreement is for a term of 5 years, with a minimum payment of $30 thousand owed at the end of each quarter (or $600 thousand in the aggregate) for consulting services Jason Sugarman has provided The Palisades Group, which does not include any bonuses that may be earned under the agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, base and bonus amounts earned by Jason Sugarman under the consulting agreement totaled $121 thousand, $1.2 million, and $30 thousand, respectively. Effective as of March 26, 2015, the bonus amount paid to Jason Sugarman for 2014 was credited in satisfaction and full discharge of all currently accrued but unpaid, and further quarterly payments specified under the consulting agreement, but not against any future discretionary incentive compensation payments. The consulting agreement may be terminated at any time by either The Palisades Group or Jason Sugarman upon 30 days prior written notice. The consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman was reviewed as a related party transaction and approved by the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and approved by the disinterested directors of the Board.


60



St. Cloud Investment. Based on a Schedule 13-G amendment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2012, St. Cloud Capital, LLC (St. Cloud) holds 700,538 shares of the Company’s voting common stock (approximately 2.0 percent of the Company's outstanding shares as of March 31, 2015). On November 24, 2014, the Bank invested as a limited partner in an affiliate of St. Cloud. The affiliate is St. Cloud Capital Partners III SBIC, LP (the Partnership), which applied for a license granted by the U.S. Small Business Administration to operate as a debenture Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 expressly identifies an investment by a bank in an SBIC as a type of investment that is presumed by the regulatory agencies to promote economic development.

The Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank approved the Bank’s investment. The Bank has agreed to invest a minimum of $5.0 million, but up to $7.5 million as long as the Bank’s limited partnership interest in the Partnership remains under 9.9 percent.

Other affiliated funds of St. Cloud have previously invested in COR Securities Holdings, Inc., of which Mr. Sugarman is the Chief Executive Officer as well as a stockholder (both directly and indirectly). St. Cloud Capital Partners III SBIC, LP has provided oral representations to the Bank that the Partnership will not make any investments in COR Securities Holdings, Inc.

CS Financial Acquisition. Certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman received benefits as part of the CS Financial acquisition described in detail below under “—Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold.”

Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with Jeffrey T. Seabold, who currently is employed as Executive Vice President, Chief Banking Officer and previously served as a director of the Company and the Bank.

CS Financial Acquisition. Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial Inc. (CS Financial), a California corporation and Southern California-based mortgage banking firm controlled by Jeffrey T. Seabold and in which certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman also owned certain minority, non-controlling interests. The following is a description of the transaction.

CS Financial Services Agreement. On December 27, 2012, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (Services Agreement) with CS Financial. On December 27, 2012, Mr. Seabold was then a member of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank. Under the Services Agreement, CS Financial agreed to provide the Bank such reasonably requested financial analysis, management consulting, knowledge sharing, training services and general advisory services as the Bank and CS Financial mutually agreed upon with respect to the Bank’s residential mortgage lending business, including strategic plans and business objectives, compliance function, monitoring, reporting and related systems, and policies and procedures, at a monthly fee of $100 thousand. The Services Agreement was recommended by disinterested members of management of the Bank and negotiated and approved by special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank (Special Committees), comprised exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of the Boards. Each of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company also considered and approved the Services Agreement, upon the recommendation of the Special Committees.

On May 13, 2013, the Bank hired Mr. Seabold as Managing Director and Chief Lending Officer by entering into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Seabold (the 2013 Employment Agreement, which was amended and restated effective as of April 1, 2015 subsequent to Mr. Seabold's appointment as Chief Banking Officer). Simultaneously with entering into the 2013 Employment Agreement, the Bank terminated, with immediate effect, its Services Agreement with CS Financial. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total compensation paid to CS Financial under the Services Agreement was $439 thousand.

Option to Acquire CS Financial. Under the 2013 Employment Agreement, Mr. Seabold granted to the Company and the Bank an option (CS Call Option), to acquire CS Financial for a purchase price of $10.0 million, payable pursuant to the terms provided under the 2013 Employment Agreement. Based upon the recommendation of the Special Committees, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors and consultants, the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank, with Mr. Sugarman recusing himself from the discussions and vote due to previously disclosed conflicts of interest, approved the recommendation of the Special Committees and, pursuant to a letter dated July 29, 2013, the Company indicated that the CS Call Option was being exercised by the Bank, subject to the negotiation and execution of definitive transaction documentation consistent with the applicable provisions of the 2013 Employment Agreement and the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth therein.


61



Merger Agreement. After exercise of the CS Call Option as described above, the Company and the Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement) with CS Financial, the stockholders of CS Financial (Sellers) and Mr. Seabold, as the Sellers’ Representative, and completed its acquisition of CS Financial on October 31, 2013.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, which was approved by the Board of Directors of each of the Company, the Bank and CS Financial, at the effective time of the Merger, the outstanding shares of common stock of CS Financial were converted into the right to receive in the aggregate: (1) upon the closing of the Merger, (a) 173,791 shares (Closing Date Shares) of voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and (b) $1.5 million in cash and $3.2 million in the form of a noninterest-bearing note issued by the Company to Mr. Seabold that was due and paid by the Company on January 2, 2014; and (2) upon the achievement of certain performance targets by the Bank’s lending activities following the closing of the Merger that are set forth in the Merger Agreement, up to 92,781 shares (Performance Shares) of voting common stock ((1) and (2), together, Merger Consideration).

Seller Stock Consideration. The Sellers under the Merger Agreement included Mr. Seabold, and the following relatives of Mr. Sugarman, Jason Sugarman (brother), Elizabeth Sugarman (sister-in-law), and Michael Sugarman (father), who each owned minority, non-controlling interests in CS Financial.

Upon the closing of the Merger and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the aggregate shares of voting common stock issued as the consideration to the Sellers was 173,791 shares, which was allocated by the Sellers and issued as follows: (i) 103,663 shares to Mr. Seabold; (ii) 16,140 shares to Jason Sugarman; (iii) 16,140 shares to Elizabeth Sugarman; (iv) 3,228 shares to Michael Sugarman; and (v) 34,620 shares to certain employees of CS Financial. Of the 103,663 shares to be issued to Mr. Seabold, as allowed under the Merger Agreement and in consideration of repayment of a certain debt incurred by CS Financial owed to an entity controlled by Elizabeth Sugarman, Mr. Seabold requested the Company to issue all 103,663 shares directly to Elizabeth Sugarman, and such shares were so issued by the Company to Elizabeth Sugarman.

On October 31, 2014, certain of the Performance Shares were issued as follows: (i) 28,545 shares to Mr. Seabold; (ii) 1,082 shares to Jason Sugarman; (iii) 1,082 shares to Elizabeth Sugarman; and (iv) 216 shares to Michael Sugarman.

Approval of the CS Call Option, Merger Agreement and Merger. All decisions and actions with respect to the exercise of the CS Agreement Option, the Merger Agreement and the Merger (including without limitation the determination of the Merger Consideration and the other material terms of the Merger Agreement) were subject to under the purview and authority of special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank, each of which was composed exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of the Boards of Directors, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors. Mr. Sugarman abstained from the vote of each of the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank to approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger.

Transactions Involving Halle J. Benett. Halle J. Benett, a director of the Company and the Bank, became employed as a Managing Director and Head of the Diversified Financials Group at Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel company, on April 1, 2014. Since that date, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has acted as an underwriter of multiple underwritten public offerings of the Company’s securities, as described below.

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued 5,150,000 shares of its voting common stock in an underwritten public offering and 772,500 shares of voting common stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option. Pursuant to an underwriting agreement with the Company entered into on May 15, 2014, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., acted as one of the underwriters of the public offering and received gross underwriting fees and commissions from the Company of approximately $521 thousand for its services as an underwriter (less expenses, the amount was $481 thousand).

On April 6, 2015, the Company issued $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.25 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2025 in an underwritten public offering. Pursuant to a purchase agreement entered into with the Company on March 31, 2015, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., acted as one of the underwriters of that offering and received gross underwriting fees and commissions from the Company of approximately $263 thousand for its services as an underwriter. See Note 21 for additional information.

On April 8, 2015, the Company issued 4,000,000 depositary shares (Series D Depositary Shares) each representing 1/40th ownership interest in a share of 7.375 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) in an underwritten public offering and 600,000 Series D Depositary Shares upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of that offering of their 30-day over-allotment option. Pursuant

62



to an underwriting agreement entered into with the Company on March 31, 2015, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., acted as one of the underwriters of that offering and received gross underwriting fees and commissions from the Company of approximately $592 thousand for its services as an underwriter. See Note 21 for additional information.

Transaction Involving Former Board Chair Timothy R. Chrisman. On May 15, 2014, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company approved a strategic advisor agreement with Chrisman & Co. pursuant to which Chrisman & Co. would provide strategic advisory services for the Company. Mr. Chrisman, who retired from the Company Board on May 15, 2014 upon the expiration of the term of his directorship after the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, is the Chief Executive Officer and founding principal of Chrisman & Co. The initial term of the strategic advisor agreement is for a period of one year and, thereafter, the agreement may be extended on a month-to-month basis. For services performed during the initial term, a fixed annual advisory fee of $200 thousand was paid to Chrisman & Co. during 2014 and no additional fees were paid during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Transactions with Greater Than 5 Percent Stockholders Who are Not Executive Officers

Exchange Agreement with TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. and its Assignees. TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. (SHOP V Fund), an affiliate of The TCW Group, Inc., initially became a holder of the Company’s voting common stock and non-voting common stock as a lead investor in the November 2010 recapitalization of the Company (the Recapitalization). In connection with its investment in the Recapitalization, SHOP V Fund also was issued by the Company an immediately exercisable five-year warrant (the SHOP V Fund Warrant) to purchase 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock or, to the extent provided therein, shares of voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock. SHOP V Fund was issued shares of non-voting common stock in the Recapitalization because at that time, a controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, the investment manager to SHOP V Fund, was held by a foreign banking organization, and in order to prevent SHOP V Fund from being considered a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, the number of shares of voting common stock it purchased in the Recapitalization had to be limited to 4.99 percent of the total number of shares of voting common stock outstanding immediately following the Recapitalization. For the same reason, the SHOP V Fund Warrant could be exercised by SHOP V Fund for voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock only to the extent SHOP V Fund's percentage ownership of the voting common stock at the time of exercise would be less than 4.99 percent as a result of dilution occurring from additional issuances of voting common stock subsequent to the Recapitalization.

In 2013, the foreign banking organization sold its controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, eliminating the need to limit SHOP V Fund's percentage ownership of the voting common stock to 4.99 percent. As a result, on May 29, 2013, the Company and SHOP V Fund entered into a Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated May 29, 2013 (Exchange Agreement), pursuant to which SHOP V Fund may from time to time exchange its shares of non-voting common stock for shares of voting common stock issued by the Company on a share-for-share basis, provided that immediately following any such exchange, SHOP V Fund's percentage ownership of voting common stock does not exceed 9.99 percent. The shares of non-voting common stock that may be exchanged by SHOP V Fund pursuant to the Exchange Agreement include the shares of non-voting common stock it purchased in the Recapitalization, the additional shares of non-voting common stock SHOP V Fund acquired subsequent to the Recapitalization (and may in the future acquire) pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan and any additional shares of non-voting common stock that SHOP V Fund acquires pursuant to its exercise of the SHOP V Fund Warrant.

On December 10, 2014, SHOP V Fund and two affiliated entities, Crescent Special Situations Fund Legacy V, L.P. (CSSF Legacy V) and Crescent Special Situations Fund Investor Group, L.P. (CSSF Investor Group), entered into a Contribution, Distribution and Sale Agreement pursuant to which SHOP V Fund agreed to transfer shares of non-voting common stock and portions of the SHOP V Fund Warrant to CSSF Legacy V and CSSF Investor Group. Also on December 10, 2014, SHOP V Fund, CSSF Legacy V, CSSF Investor Group and the Company entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to which all of SHOP V Fund’s rights and obligations under the Exchange Agreement with respect to the shares of non-voting common stock transferred by it to CSSF Legacy V and CSSF Investor Group pursuant to the Contribution, Distribution and Sale Agreement were assigned to CSSF Legacy V and CSSF Investor Group, including the right of SHOP V Fund to exchange such shares for shares of voting common stock on a one-for-one basis.

On June 3, 2013, January 5, 2015, January 20, 2015, and March 16, 2015, SHOP V Fund or CSSF Legacy V or CSSF Investor Group exchanged 550,000 shares, 522,564 shares, 86,620 shares, and 934 shares, respectively, of non-voting common stock for the same number of shares of voting common stock. As a result of these exchanges, the Company believes that as of March 31, 2015 The TCW Group, Inc. and its affiliates held 1,688,580 shares of voting common stock and no shares of non-voting common stock, plus the SHOP V Fund Warrant under which up to 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock may be issued upon exercise and may thereafter be exchanged for shares of voting common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.


63



Securities Purchase Agreement with Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. As reported in a Schedule 13-D amendment filed on November 10, 2014 with the SEC, Patriot Financial Partners, L.P and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. (Patriot) hold 3,100,564 shares of the Company’s voting common stock. Certain of these shares were sold by the Company pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, as described further below. On April 22, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (SPA) with Patriot to raise a portion of the capital to be used to finance the previously announced acquisition of select assets and assumption of certain liabilities by the Bank from Banco Popular North America (BPNA) comprising BPNA’S network of 20 California branches (BPNA Branch Acquisition). The SPA with Patriot was due to expire by its terms on October 31, 2014. Prior to such expiration, the Company and Patriot Financial Partners, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P. (together referred to as Patriot Partners) entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2014 (New SPA). Pursuant to the New SPA, substantially concurrently with the Bank's BPNA Branch Acquisition, which closed on November 8, 2014, Patriot Partners purchased from the Company (i) 1,076,000 shares of its voting common stock at a price of $9.78 per share and (ii) 824,000 shares of its voting common stock at a price of $11.55 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $20.0 million. In consideration for Patriot’s commitment under the New SPA and pursuant the terms of the New SPA, on the closing of the sale of such shares on November 7, 2014, the Company paid Patriot an equity support payment of $538 thousand and also reimbursed Patriot $100 thousand in out-of-pocket expenses.

On October 30, 2014, concurrent with the execution of the New SPA, Patriot and the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement and Release (the Settlement Agreement) in order to resolve, without admission of any wrongdoing by either party, a prior dispute regarding, among other things, the proper interpretation of certain provisions of the SPA, including but not limited to the computation of the purchase price per share (the Dispute). Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, Patriot and the Company released any claims they may have had against the other party with respect to the Dispute. In addition, Patriot and the Company agreed for the period beginning on the date of the Settlement Agreement and ending on December 31, 2016, that neither Patriot nor the Company would disparage the other party or its affiliates.

Patriot also agreed for the period beginning on the date of the Settlement Agreement and ending on December 31, 2016, not to:

institute, solicit, assist or join, as a party, any proxy solicitation, consent solicitation, board nomination or director removal relating to the Company against or involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or financial advisors;
take any action relative to the governance of the Company that would violate its passivity commitments or vote the shares of voting common stock held or controlled by it on any matters related to the election, removal or replacement of directors or the calling of any meeting related thereto, other than in accordance with management’s recommendations included in the Company’s proxy statement for any annual meeting or special meeting;
form or join in a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group, or solicit proxies or written consents of stockholders or conduct any other type of referendum (binding or non-binding) with respect to, or from the holders of, the voting common stock and any other securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors, or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, voting common stock or such other securities (such other securities, together with the voting common stock, being referred to as Voting Securities), or become a participant in or assist, encourage or advise any person in any solicitation of any proxy, consent or other authority to vote any Voting Securities; or
enter into any negotiations, agreements, arrangements or understandings with any person with respect to any of the foregoing or advise, assist, encourage or seek to persuade any person to take any action with respect to any of the foregoing.

The Company also agreed, during the same period, not to:

institute, solicit, assist or join, as a party, any proxy solicitation, consent solicitation, board nomination or director removal relating to Patriot against or involving Patriot or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, assigns, officers, partners, principals, employees, agents, attorneys or financial advisors; or
enter into any negotiations, agreements, arrangements or understandings with any person with respect to any of the foregoing or advise, assist, encourage or seek to persuade any person to take any action with respect to any of the foregoing.

Agreement with Oaktree Capital Management. As reported in a Schedule 13-G filed with the SEC on January 16, 2015, OCM BOCA Investor, LLC (OCM), an affiliate of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., owns 3,288,947 shares of the Company’s voting common stock. OCM purchased these 3,288,947 shares of voting common stock (representing 9.9 percent of total shares outstanding as of the dates set forth in the Schedule 13-G) from the Company on November 7, 2014 at a price of $9.78 per share pursuant to a securities purchase agreement entered into on April 22, 2014 (and amended on October 28, 2014)

64



in order for the Company to raise a portion of the capital needed for the BPNA Branch Acquisition, which was completed on November 8, 2014. In consideration for its commitment under the securities purchase agreement, OCM was paid at closing an equity support payment from the Company of $1.6 million.

Before OCM became a stockholder, The Palisades Group, and certain affiliates of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (collectively, the Oaktree Funds), entered into a management agreement, effective as of January 30, 2014 (Management Agreement), pursuant to which The Palisades Group serves as the credit manager of pools of single family residential mortgage loans held in securitization trusts or other vehicles beneficially owned by the Oaktree Funds. The Palisades Group is paid a monthly management fee primarily based on the amount of certain designated pool assets and may earn additional fees for advice related to financing opportunities. Payments under the Management Agreement to The Palisades Group during 2014 totaled $5.3 million and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 totaled $984 thousand, which in some instances represents fees for partial year services. In addition, in the future and from time to time the Bank may enter into lending transactions with portfolio companies of investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.

NOTE 21 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 6, 2015, the Company completed the issuance and sale of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.25 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2025 (the Senior Notes II and, together with the Senior Notes I, the Senior Notes). Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $172.8 million.

The Senior Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the Base Indenture), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 for the Senior Notes I and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 6, 2015 for the Senior Notes II (the Supplemental Indentures and, together with the Base Indenture, the Indenture), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

The Senior Notes are the Company’s unsecured, unsubordinated debt obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s other existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The Senior Notes II bear interest at a per-annum rate of 5.25 percent. The Company is required to make interest payments on the Senior Notes II semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2015.

The Senior Notes II will mature on April 15, 2025. However, the Company may, at the Company’s option, on or after January 15, 2025, redeem the Senior Notes II in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Senior Notes II will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries, and also contains customary events of default.

On April 8, 2015, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 4,000,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of its 7.375 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per depositary share), for gross proceeds of $96.9 million. The Company also granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 600,000 depositary shares to cover over-allotments, which the underwriters exercised in full concurrently, resulting in additional gross proceeds of $14.5 million.
 
Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the financial data included herein. Other than the events disclosed above, there have been no subsequent events occurred during such period that would require disclosure in this report or would be required to be recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) as of March 31, 2015.


65



ITEM 2 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the major factors that influenced our results of operations and financial condition as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2015. This analysis should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto set forth in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and general practices within the banking industry. Within these financial statements, certain financial information contains approximate measurements of financial effects of transactions and impacts at the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition dates and our results of operations for the reporting period. As certain accounting policies require significant estimates and assumptions that have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities, we have established critical accounting policies to facilitate making the judgment necessary to prepare financial statements. Our critical accounting policies are described in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Significant Accounting Policies” in this Form 10-Q.


66



SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents certain selected financial data as of or for the periods indicated:
 
 As of or For the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014 (5)
($ in thousands, except per share data)
 
Selected financial condition data:
 
 
 
Total assets
$
6,097,355

 
$
4,030,465

Cash and cash equivalents
265,402

 
333,639

Loans and leases receivable, net
3,904,370

 
2,376,992

Loans held for sale
1,240,942

 
1,000,394

Other real estate owned, net
498

 
150

Securities available for sale
393,586

 
107,525

Bank owned life insurance
19,154

 
18,928

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,900

 
1,745

FHLB and other bank stock
39,844

 
26,801

Deposits
4,861,992

 
3,109,146

Total borrowings
652,668

 
547,416

Total stockholders' equity
514,160

 
325,157

Selected operations data:
 
 
 
Total interest and dividend income
$
60,780

 
$
42,776

Total interest expense
8,783

 
7,591

Net interest income
51,997

 
35,185

Provision for loan and lease losses

 
1,929

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
51,997

 
33,256

Total noninterest income
45,980

 
25,278

Total noninterest expense
75,879

 
57,594

Income before income taxes
22,098

 
940

Income tax expense
9,524

 
191

Net income (loss)
12,574

 
749

Dividends paid on preferred stock
910

 
910

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
11,664

 
(161
)
Basic earnings (loss) per total common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.01
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per total common share
$
0.29

 
$
(0.01
)
Performance ratios:
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.86
%
 
0.08
%
Return on average equity
9.86
%
 
0.92
%
Dividend payout ratio (1)
40.00
%
 
N/A

Net interest spread
3.55
%
 
3.81
%
Net interest margin (2)
3.69
%
 
4.00
%
Ratio of operating expense to average total assets
5.19
%
 
6.27
%
Efficiency ratio (3)
77.45
%
 
95.25
%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
122.36
%
 
121.22
%
Asset quality ratios:
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL)
$
29,345

 
$
20,003

Nonperforming loans and leases
42,754

 
32,440

Nonperforming assets
43,252

 
32,590

Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.71
%
 
0.81
%
ALLL to nonperforming loans and leases
68.64
%
 
61.66
%
ALLL to total loans and leases
0.75
%
 
0.83
%
Capital Ratios:
 
 
 
Total stockholders' equity to total assets
8.43
%
 
8.07
%
Average equity to average assets
8.72
%
 
8.84
%
Banc of California, Inc.
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
11.55
%
 
11.93
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
10.83
%
 
10.86
%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
9.01
%
 
N/A


67



Tier 1 leverage ratio
7.99
%
 
7.59
%
Banc of California, NA
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
13.58
%
 
14.52
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
12.86
%
 
13.45
%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
12.86
%
 
N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio
9.49
%
 
9.41
%
 

(1)
Ratio of dividends declared per common share to basic earnings per common share. Not applicable for the three months ended March 31, 2014 due to the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the years.
(2)
Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(3)
Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income.
(4)
The Company completed the BPNA Branch Acquisition on November 8, 2014 and its acquisition of RenovationReady on January 31, 2014.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Return on Average Tangible Common Equity

Return on average tangible common equity is supplemental financial information determined by a method other than in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). This non-GAAP measure is used by management in its analysis of the Company's performance. Average tangible common equity is calculated by subtracting average preferred stock, average goodwill, and average other intangible assets from average stockholders’ equity. Banking and financial institution regulators also exclude goodwill and other intangible assets from stockholders’ equity when assessing the capital adequacy of a financial institution. Management believes the presentation of this financial measure excluding the impact of these items provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a proper understanding of the financial results of the Company, as it provides a method to assess management’s success in utilizing tangible capital. This disclosure should not be viewed as a substitution for results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

The following table reconciles this non-GAAP performance measure to the GAAP performance measure for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
($ in thousands)
Average total stockholders' equity
$
517,335

 
$
329,617

Less average preferred stock
(79,877
)
 
(79,877
)
Less average goodwill
(31,591
)
 
(30,923
)
Less average other intangible assets
(24,720
)
 
(11,832
)
Average tangible common equity
$
381,147

 
$
206,985

 
 
 
 
Net income
$
12,574

 
$
749

Less preferred stock dividends
(910
)
 
(910
)
Add amortization of intangible assets, net of tax (1)
1,004

 
610

Add impairment on intangible assets, net of tax (1)

 

Adjusted net income
$
12,668

 
$
449

 
 
 
 
Return on average equity
9.86
%
 
0.92
%
Return on average tangible common equity
13.48
%
 
0.88
%

(1)
Utilized a 35 percent tax rate


68



EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This overview of management’s discussion and analysis highlights selected information in the financial results of the Company. For a more complete understanding of trends, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Banc of California, Inc. is a financial holding company and the parent of Banc of California, National Association, a national bank (the Bank), The Palisades Group, LLC, an SEC-registered investment advisor that provides financial advisory and asset management services to third parties, including the Bank, with respect to the purchase, sale and management of residential mortgage loans (The Palisades Group), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC, an entity formed to hold real estate, cash and fixed income investments (PTB).

Banc of California, Inc. was incorporated under Maryland law in March 2002, and in July 2013, the Company changed its name from “First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.” to “Banc of California, Inc.” The Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, CS Financial, Inc., a mortgage banking firm, which was acquired on October 31, 2013.

Banc of California, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board or FRB), and the Bank is subject to regulation primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). As a financial holding company, Banc of California, Inc. may engage in activities permissible for bank holding companies and may engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature, primarily securities, insurance and merchant banking activities.

The Bank offers a variety of financial services to meet the banking and financial needs of the communities we serve. The Bank is headquartered in Orange County, California and as of March 31, 2015, the Bank operated 38 branches in San Diego, Orange, and Los Angeles Counties in California and 61 loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Virginia, Indiana, Maryland, Colorado, Idaho, and Nevada.

The principal business of the Bank consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing these funds primarily in commercial, consumer and real estate secured loans. The Bank solicits deposits in its market area and, to a lesser extent, from institutional depositors nationwide and may accept brokered deposits.

The Bank’s deposit product and service offerings include checking, savings, money market, certificates of deposit, retirement accounts as well as mobile, online, cash and treasury management, card payment services, remote deposit, ACH origination, employer/employee retirement planning, telephone banking, automated bill payment, electronic statements, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit and wire transfers. Bank customers also have the ability to access their accounts through a nationwide network of over 55,000 surcharge-free ATMs.


69



Highlights

Completed the issuance and sale of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.25 percent Senior Notes on April 6, 2015.

Completed the issuance and sale of depositary shares each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, for gross proceeds of $111.4 million on April 8, 2015, including $14.5 million from the exercise in full of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

Net income was $12.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $11.8 million from $749 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Total interest and dividend income was $60.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $18.0 million, or 42.1 percent, from $42.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Net interest margin was 3.69 percent and 4.00 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Cost of total interest-bearing liabilities was 0.76% and 1.05% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Net interest income was $52.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $16.8 million, or 47.8 percent, from $35.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Noninterest income was $46.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $20.7 million, or 81.9 percent, from $25.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The Company recognized net revenue on mortgage banking activities of $37.9 million and $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Noninterest expense was $75.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $18.3 million, or 31.7 percent, from $57.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase relates predominantly to a higher salaries and employee benefits expense related to increased headcount as a result of growth and the acquisitions the Company completed during 2014.

Total assets were $6.10 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $126.1 million, or 2.1 percent, from $5.97 billion at December 31, 2014. due primarily to an increase in securities available for sale, loans held for sale and an increase in cash and cash equivalents. Average total assets were $5.93 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $2.20 billion, or 59.1 percent, from $3.73 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses were $3.90 billion at March 31, 2015, a decrease of $15.3 million, or 0.4 percent, from $3.92 billion at December 31, 2014. Loans held for sale were $1.24 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $53.9 million, or 4.5 percent, from $1.19 billion at December 31, 2014 due to more originations than sales during the period. Average gross loans and leases was $5.14 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.85 billion, or 56.2 percent, from $3.29 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to the loans acquired in the BPNA Branch Acquisition.

Total deposits were $4.86 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $190.2 million, or 4.1 percent, from $4.67 billion at December 31, 2014. Average total deposits were $4.77 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.76 billion, or 58.5 percent, from $3.01 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to the deposits assumed in the BPNA Branch Acquisition.

70



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents condensed statements of operations for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income
$
60,780

 
$
42,776

Interest expense
8,783

 
7,591

Net interest income
51,997

 
35,185

Provision for loan and lease losses

 
1,929

Noninterest income
45,980

 
25,278

Noninterest expense
75,879

 
57,594

Income before income taxes
22,098

 
940

Income tax expense
9,524

 
191

Net income
12,574

 
749

Preferred stock dividends
910

 
910

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
$
11,664

 
$
(161
)
Basic earnings (loss) per total common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.01
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per total common share
$
0.29

 
$
(0.01
)

The Company recorded net income of $12.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $11.8 million from $749 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Preferred stock dividends were $910 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, and net income (loss) available to common stockholders was $11.7 million and $(161) thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


71



Net Interest Income

The following table presents interest income, average interest-earning assets, interest expense, average interest-bearing liabilities, and their correspondent yields and costs expressed both in dollars and rates for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Cost
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Cost
 
($ in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans and leases (1)
$
5,139,399

 
$
58,155

 
4.59
%
 
$
3,289,689

 
$
41,530

 
5.12
%
Securities
354,475

 
1,927

 
2.20
%
 
163,007

 
924

 
2.30
%
Other interest-earning assets (2)
219,892

 
698

 
1.29
%
 
115,396

 
322

 
1.13
%
Total interest-earning assets
5,713,766

 
60,780

 
4.31
%
 
3,568,092

 
42,776

 
4.86
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(29,623
)
 
 
 
 
 
(19,392
)
 
 
 
 
BOLI and non-interest earning assets (3)
247,283

 
 
 
 
 
179,470

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
5,931,426

 
 
 
 
 
$
3,728,170

 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
945,530

 
1,748

 
0.75
%
 
$
966,361

 
2,516

 
1.06
%
Interest-bearing checking
1,042,895

 
2,041

 
0.79
%
 
593,126

 
1,715

 
1.17
%
Money market
1,092,987

 
958

 
0.36
%
 
515,131

 
572

 
0.45
%
Certificates of deposit
1,004,261

 
1,614

 
0.65
%
 
518,266

 
932

 
0.73
%
FHLB advances
487,600

 
353

 
0.29
%
 
259,611

 
100

 
0.16
%
Notes payable and other interest-bearing liabilities
96,379

 
2,069

 
8.71
%
 
91,020

 
1,756

 
7.82
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
4,669,652

 
8,783

 
0.76
%
 
2,943,515

 
7,591

 
1.05
%
Noninterest-bearing deposits
682,492

 
 
 
 
 
416,074

 
 
 
 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
61,947

 
 
 
 
 
38,964

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
5,414,091

 
 
 
 
 
3,398,553

 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
517,335

 
 
 
 
 
329,617

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
5,931,426

 
 
 
 
 
$
3,728,170

 
 
 
 
Net interest income/spread
 
 
$
51,997

 
3.55
%
 
 
 
$
35,185

 
3.81
%
Net interest margin (4)
 
 
 
 
3.69
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.00
%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
122.36
%
 
 
 
 
 
121.22
%
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Gross loans and leases are net of deferred fees, related direct cost and discounts, but exclude the allowance for loan and lease losses. Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance. Loan (costs) fees of $(109) thousand and $169 thousand and accretion of discount on purchased loans of $6.8 million and $10.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, are included in interest income.
(2)
Includes average balance of FHLB stock at cost and average time deposits with other financial institutions.
(3)
Includes average balance of bank-owned life insurance of $19.1 million and $18.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(4)
Annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.


72



Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Information is provided on changes attributable to: i) changes in volume multiplied by the prior rate; and ii) changes in rate multiplied by the prior volume. Changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
2015 vs. 2014
 
Increase (Decrease)
Due to
 
Net
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans and leases
$
21,307

 
$
(4,682
)
 
$
16,625

Securities
1,042

 
(39
)
 
1,003

Other interest-earning assets
327

 
49

 
376

Total interest-earning assets
$
22,676

 
$
(4,672
)
 
$
18,004

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
(53
)
 
$
(715
)
 
$
(768
)
Interest-bearing checking
1,006

 
(680
)
 
326

Money market
527

 
(141
)
 
386

Certificates of deposit
790

 
(108
)
 
682

FHLB advances
127

 
126

 
253

Notes payable and other interest-bearing liabilities
107

 
206

 
313

Total interest-bearing liabilities
2,504

 
(1,312
)
 
1,192

Net interest income
$
20,172

 
$
(3,360
)
 
$
16,812


Net interest income was $52.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $16.8 million, or 47.8 percent, from $35.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The growth in net interest income from the prior period was largely due to higher interest income from loans partially offset by higher interest expense on deposits.

Interest income on total loans and leases was $58.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $16.6 million, or 40.0 percent, from $41.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in interest income on total loans and leases was due to a $1.85 billion increase in total average gross loans and leases, partially offset by a 53 basis points (bps) decrease in average yield. The increase in average balance was due mainly to acquired loans of $1.07 billion from the BPNA Branch Acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2014 and increases in originations of residential mortgage loans held for sale, multi-family loans, and lease financing. The decrease in average yield was mainly due to the lower yields on originated loans and leases in 2015 and a decrease in the proportion of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools to total loans and leases where discounts on these pools generate additional interest income. Such discount accretion totaled $6.8 million and $10.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Interest income on securities was $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.0 million, or 108.5 percent, from $924 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in interest income on securities was due to a $191.5 million increase in average balance, partially offset by a 10 bps decrease in average yield. The increases were mainly due to purchases of $65.1 million of securities to reduce excess cash from the common stock and tangible equity units offerings in May 2014, partially offset by principal payments, paydowns, calls and sales of $20.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Dividends and interest income on other interest-earning assets was $698 thousand for three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $376 thousand, or 116.8 percent, from $322 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in dividends and interest income on other interest-earning assets was due to a $104.5 million increase in average balance and a 16 bps increase in average yield. The increase in average balance was mainly due to the excess cash generated from increases in deposits. The increase in average yield was mainly due to a $340 thousand increase in dividend income on FHLB and other bank stocks.


73



Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $626 thousand, or 10.9 percent, from $5.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was a $1.49 billion increase in average balance, partially offset by a 27 bps decrease in average cost. The increase in average balance was mainly due to interest-bearing deposits of $924.5 million assumed in the BPNA Branch Acquisition and deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors. The decrease in average cost was due mainly to the Company's effort to reduce the deposit cost by increasing lower cost core deposits.

Interest expense on FHLB advances was $353 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $253 thousand, or 253.0 percent, from $100 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was due mainly to a $228.0 million increase in average balance and a 13 bps increase in average cost. The increase in average cost was due to a rising interest rate environment.

Interest expense on notes payable and other interest-bearing liabilities was $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $313 thousand, or 17.8 percent, from $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was due mainly to the additional interest expense incurred on the junior subordinated amortizing notes issued in the second quarter of 2014 as part of the tangible equity units. Interest expense on notes payable will further increase in future periods as a result of the issuance on April 6, 2015 of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.25 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2025.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Provisions for loan and lease losses are charged to operations at a level required to reflect probable incurred credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Company provided $0 and $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the PCI loans and the loan pools for potential impairment. The provision for losses on PCI loans is the result of changes in expected cash flows, both amount and timing, due to loan payments and the Company’s revised loss forecasts. The revisions of the loss forecasts were based on the results of management’s review of the credit quality of the outstanding loans/loan pools and the analysis of the loan performance data since the acquisition of these loans. The Company will continue updating cash flow projections on PCI loans on a quarterly basis. Due to the uncertainty in the future performance of the PCI loans, additional impairments may be recognized in the future.

See further discussion in Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis - Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.


74



Noninterest Income

The following table presents the breakdown of non-interest income for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Customer service fees
$
910

 
$
253

Loan servicing (loss) income
(442
)
 
1,253

Income from bank owned life insurance
59

 
47

Net (loss) gain on sale of securities available for sale
(2
)
 
507

Net gain on sale of loans
4,472

 
2,603

Net revenue on mortgage banking activities
37,933

 
17,324

Advisory service fees
1,197

 
1,110

Loan brokerage income
1,141

 
1,911

Other income
712

 
270

Total noninterest income
$
45,980

 
$
25,278


Noninterest income was $46.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $20.7 million, or 81.9 percent, from $25.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in noninterest income related predominantly to increases in net revenue on mortgage banking activities, net gain on sale of loans, customer service fees and other income, partially offset by lower loan servicing income, loan brokerage income, and net gain on sale of securities available for sale.

Customer service fees were $910 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $657 thousand, or 259.7 percent, from $253 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was due mainly to the higher number of customer deposit accounts as a result of the BPNA Branch Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Loan servicing income (loss) was $(442) thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 135.3 percent, from $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease was due mainly to a loss on servicing rights valuation of $2.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Net (loss) gain on sale of securities available for sale was $(2) thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $509 thousand, or 100.4 percent, from $507 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The Company sold a non-investment grade private label residential mortgage-backed security of $176 thousand during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Net gain on sale of loans was $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.9 million from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company sold SFR mortgage loans of $250.5 million with a gain of $3.5 million, SBA loans of $7.7 million with a gain of $702 thousand, and other loans of $28.9 million with a gain of $240 thousand. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company sold SFR mortgage loans of $107.9 million with a gain of $1.7 million and seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools of $31.2 million with a gain of $924 thousand.

Net revenue on mortgage banking activities was $37.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $20.6 million, or 119.0 percent, from $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Bank originated $1.01 billion and sold $927.7 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $34.4 million and 3.41 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $9.8 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the three months ended March 31, 2015. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Bank originated $511.5 million and sold $531.8 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $15.2 million and 2.96 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $4.8 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the three months ended March 31, 2014.


75



Advisory service fees were $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $87 thousand, or 7.8 percent, from $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Loan brokerage income was $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $770 thousand, or 40.3 percent, from $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Other income was $712 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $442 thousand, or 163.7 percent, from $270 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to income of $299 thousand from sales of investment products.


76



Noninterest Expense

The following table presents the breakdown of noninterest expense for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits, excluding commissions
$
38,192

 
$
27,851

Commissions for mortgage banking activities
11,579

 
6,830

Salaries and employee benefits
49,771

 
34,681

Occupancy and equipment
9,771

 
8,537

Professional fees
3,435

 
3,865

Data processing
1,835

 
791

Advertising
912

 
1,075

Regulatory assessments
1,354

 
941

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense
319

 
175

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned
22

 

Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned
(17
)
 

Provision for loan repurchases
845

 
571

Amortization of intangible assets
1,544

 
939

All other expense
6,088

 
6,019

Total noninterest expense
$
75,879

 
$
57,594


Noninterest expense was $75.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $18.3 million, or 31.7 percent, from $57.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in noninterest expense relates predominantly to the acquisitions by the Company during 2014 along with growth related to the mortgage banking strategy.

Total salaries and employee benefits including commissions was $49.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $15.1 million, or 43.5 percent, from $34.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was due mainly to additional compensation expense related to an increase in the number of full-time employees related to the BPNA Branch Acquisition, an increase in share-based compensation expense, as well as expansion in mortgage banking activities. Commission expense, which is a loan origination variable expense, related to mortgage banking activities, totaled $11.6 million and $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Total originations of single family residential mortgage loans for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 totaled $1.01 billion and $511.5 million, respectively.

Occupancy and equipment expenses were $9.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.2 million, or 14.5 percent, from $8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was due mainly to increased building and maintenance costs associated with additional facilities resulting from the BPNA branches and new mortgage banking loan production offices.

Professional fees were $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $430 thousand, or 11.1 percent, from $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease was mainly due to lower accounting, legal and consulting costs associated with business acquisitions and growth during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Data processing expense was $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.0 million, or 132.0 percent, from $791 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was due mainly to the higher number of customer deposit accounts as a result of the BPNA Branch Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Advertising costs were $912 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $163 thousand, or 15.2 percent, from $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Regulatory assessment was $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $413 thousand, or 43.9 percent, from $941 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was due to year-over-year balance sheet growth.

77




Total provision for loan repurchases was $1.3 million and $571 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company recorded provision of $845 thousand against provision for loan repurchases in noninterest expense and an initial provision of $483 thousand against net revenue on mortgage banking activities in noninterest income during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to increased volume of mortgage loan originations and sales at the Bank.

Amortization of intangible assets was $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $605 thousand, or 64.4 percent, from $939 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to additional intangible assets acquired from the BPNA Branch Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Other expenses were $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $69 thousand, or 1.1 percent, from $6.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to costs associated with the growth in mortgage banking activity and an increase in loan sub-servicing expenses due to the growth in the loan portfolio.

Income Tax Expense

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, income tax expense was $9.5 million and $191 thousand, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 43.1 percent and 20.3 percent, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate increased due to the release of the valuation allowance during the three months ended March 31, 2014, and an increase in the ASC 740-10-25 liability and interest expense related to the settlement of the 2010 and 2011 Internal Revenue Service examination.

The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the amounts for financial reporting purposes and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management will continue to evaluate both positive and negative evidence on a quarterly basis, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on this analysis, management determined that it was more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets would be realized. Therefore, no valuation allowance was provided against the net deferred tax assets of $14.2 million and $16.4 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

ASC 740-10-25 (formerly FIN 48) relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $5.7 million and $5.4 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease up to $5.3 million in the next twelve months due to anticipated certain changes to the Company's tax accounting methods. As of March 31, 2015, the total unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was $340 thousand. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $30 thousand and $23 thousand accrued for interest or penalties, respectively. In the event the Company is assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 (with the exception of Gateway Bancorp, a predecessor entity, which is currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2008 and 2009 tax years).The statute of limitations for the assessment of California Franchise taxes has expired for tax years before 2010 (other state income and franchise tax statutes of limitations vary by state).

ASU 2014-01 was adopted effective January 1, 2015. Under this standard, amortization of investments in qualified low income housing tax credits is reported within income tax expense.



78



Operating Segment Result

The Company utilizes an internal reporting system to measure the performance of various operating segments within the Bank and the Company overall. The Company has identified four operating segments for purposes of management reporting: i) Banking; ii) Mortgage Banking; iii) Financial Advisory and Asset Management; and iv) Corporate/Other. Each of these four business divisions meets the criteria of an operating segment, as each segment engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses and its operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer or his delegate, to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available.

The principal business of the Banking segment consists of attracting deposits and investing these funds primarily in commercial, consumer and real estate secured loans. The principal business of the Mortgage Banking segment is originating conforming SFR loans and selling these loans in the secondary market. The principal business of the Financial Advisory and Asset Management segment is operated by The Palisades Group and provides services of purchase, sale and management of SFR mortgage loans. The Corporate/Other segment includes the holding company and PTB, an entity formed to hold real estate. The Corporate/Other operating segment engages in business activities through the sale of other real estate owned and loans held at the holding company and incurs interest expense on debt as well as non-interest expense for corporate related activities. The operating segment results do not include allocation of centralized costs that are currently recorded in the Banking and Corporate/Other segment. The Company is currently in the process of determining the basis for calculating allocations.

The following table represents the operating segments’ financial results and other key financial measures as of or for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
As of or For the Three Months Ended
 
Banking
 
Mortgage Banking
 
Financial Advisory and Asset Management
 
Corporate/ Other
 
Inter-segment Elimination
 
Consolidated
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
51,552

 
$
2,501

 
$

 
$
(2,056
)
 
$

 
$
51,997

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income
7,855

 
36,928

 
2,622

 

 
(1,425
)
 
45,980

Noninterest expense
43,492

 
29,797

 
1,980

 
2,035

 
(1,425
)
 
75,879

Income (loss) before income taxes
$
15,915

 
$
9,632

 
$
642

 
$
(4,091
)
 
$

 
$
22,098

Total assets
$
5,684,574

 
$
406,215

 
$
2,987

 
$
25,424

 
$
(21,845
)
 
$
6,097,355

March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
34,900

 
$
1,869

 
$

 
$
(1,584
)
 
$

 
$
35,185

Provision for loan and lease losses
1,929

 

 

 

 

 
1,929

Noninterest income
5,796

 
18,369

 
2,993

 
3

 
(1,883
)
 
25,278

Noninterest expense
31,681

 
22,849

 
2,246

 
2,701

 
(1,883
)
 
57,594

Income (loss) before income taxes
$
7,086

 
$
(2,611
)
 
$
747

 
$
(4,282
)
 
$

 
$
940

Total assets
$
3,816,728

 
$
202,555

 
$
3,943

 
$
19,257

 
$
(12,018
)
 
$
4,030,465


Banking Segment

Income before income taxes from the Banking segment was $15.9 million and $7.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increases were mainly due to increases in net interest income and noninterest income and no provision for loan and leases losses in 2015, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income was $51.6 million and $34.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase was mainly due to an increase in average balance of total interest-earning assets, partially offset by a decrease in net interest margin.

Provision for loan and lease losses was $0 and $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

79



Noninterest income was $7.9 million and $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The increase was mainly due to increases in net gain on sale of loans and customer service fees, partially offset by a decrease in loan brokerage income.

Noninterest expense was $43.5 million and $31.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The increases were mainly due to acquisitions and expansion of the business footprint.

Mortgage Banking Segment

Income (loss) before income taxes from the Mortgage Banking segment was $9.6 million and $(2.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The increase was mainly due to increases in originations and sales in 2015.

Net interest income was $2.5 million and $1.9 million, and noninterest income was $36.9 million and $18.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The increases in net interest income and noninterest income were the result of increases in origination and sales of conforming SFR mortgage loans.

Noninterest expense was $29.8 million and $22.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The increases were mainly due to expansion of the Mortgage Banking segment, which incurred additional compensation expense related to an increase in the number of full-time employees, and a loan origination variable commission expense, and occupancy cost related to an increase in number of loan production offices.

Financial Advisory and Asset Management Segment

Income before income taxes on the Financial Advisory and Asset Management segment was $642 thousand and $747 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Noninterest income, which was mainly advisory service fees, was $2.6 million and $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Corporate/Other Segment

Loss before income taxes on the Corporate/Other segment was $4.1 million and $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Expenses in the Corporate/Other segment were related to interest expense on the Senior Notes and junior subordinated amortizing notes, compensation expense relating to the Banc of California, Inc. employees and directors and professional expense relating to bank and non-bank acquisitions. Total interest expense was $2.1 million and $1.7 million, and total noninterest expense was $2.0 million and $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively.


80



FINANCIAL CONDITION

Investment Securities

The primary goal of our investment securities portfolio is to provide a relatively stable source of income while maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity. Investment securities provide a source of liquidity as collateral for repurchase agreements and for certain public funds deposits. Investment securities classified as available for sale are carried at their estimated fair values with the changes in fair values recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, as a component of stockholders’ equity. All investment securities have been classified as available for sale securities as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Total investment securities available for sale increased by $47.9 million, or 13.9%, to $393.6 million at March 31, 2015, compared to $345.7 million at December 31, 2014, due to purchases of $65.1 million, partially offset by sales of $176 thousand and principal payments of $20.1 million. Investment securities had a net unrealized gain of $4.1 million at March 31, 2015, compared to a net unrealized gain of $817 thousand at December 31, 2014.

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available for sale investment securities portfolio and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the dates indicated:
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,600

 
$
35

 
$

 
$
1,635

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,943

 
58

 

 
2,001

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
2,607

 
11

 
(3
)
 
2,615

Agency mortgage-backed securities
383,287

 
4,224

 
(176
)
 
387,335

Total securities available for sale
$
389,437

 
$
4,328

 
$
(179
)
 
$
393,586

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,697

 
$
18

 
$

 
$
1,715

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,940

 
42

 

 
1,982

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
3,169

 
12

 
(13
)
 
3,168

Agency mortgage-backed securities
338,072

 
1,363

 
(605
)
 
338,830

Total securities available for sale
$
344,878

 
$
1,435

 
$
(618
)
 
$
345,695



81



The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available for sale securities portfolio by expected maturity. In the case of mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities, expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. For that reason, mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities are not included in the maturity categories.
 
March 31, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
Maturity:
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
Within one year
$

 
$

One to five years
1,943

 
2,001

Five to ten years

 

Greater than ten years

 

SBA loan pool, private label residential mortgage-backed and agency mortgage-backed securities
387,494

 
391,585

Total
$
389,437

 
$
393,586


At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10 percent of stockholders’ equity.

The following table presents proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
545

Gross realized losses on sales of securities available for sale
(2
)
 
(38
)
Net realized gains (losses) on sales of securities available for sale
$
(2
)
 
$
507

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
$
174

 
$
50,973

Tax benefit on sales of securities available for sale
$
(1
)
 
$


Securities available for sale with carrying values of $32.2 million and $27.1 million as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB advances, public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

82



The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, by security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
(In thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
$
176

 
$
(1
)
 
$
850

 
$
(2
)
 
$
1,026

 
$
(3
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
33,682

 
(111
)
 
11,336

 
(65
)
 
45,018

 
(176
)
Total securities available for sale
$
33,858

 
$
(112
)
 
$
12,186

 
$
(67
)
 
$
46,044

 
$
(179
)
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
$
372

 
$
(9
)
 
$
1,355

 
$
(4
)
 
$
1,727

 
$
(13
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
68,200

 
(332
)
 
22,212

 
(273
)
 
90,412

 
(605
)
Total securities available for sale
$
68,572

 
$
(341
)
 
$
23,567

 
$
(277
)
 
$
92,139

 
$
(618
)

The Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) for securities available for sale for the three and three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

At March 31, 2015, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 96 securities, 33 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to an overall increase in interest rates and a decrease in prepayment speeds of the agency mortgage-backed securities.

The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of March 31, 2015, the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recoveries. Of the Company’s $393.6 million securities portfolio, $392.5 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $1.0 million were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating from the rating agencies as of March 31, 2015. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale totaled $1.24 billion at March 31, 2015 compared to $1.19 billion at December 31, 2014. The loans held for sale consisted of $355.7 million and $278.7 million carried at fair value, and $885.2 million and $908.3 million carried at lower of cost or fair value as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The loans carried at fair value represent conforming single family residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank that are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. Some of these loans are expected to be sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae on a servicing retained basis. The servicing of these loans is performed by a third party sub-servicer. These loans increased by $77.0 million to $355.7 million at March 31, 2015 due mainly to originations of $1.06 billion, partially offset by sales of $989.7 million.

Loans held for sale carried at the lower of cost or fair value are mainly non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans that are originated to sell in pools, unlike the loans individually originated to sell into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. These loans decreased by $23.1 million to $885.2 million at March 31, 2015, due mainly sales of $194.9 million and other net amortizations of $33.1 million, and partially offset by originations of $204.9 million.


83



Loans and Leases Receivable

The following table presents the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
($ in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
489,229

 
$
490,900

 
$
(1,671
)
 
(0.3
)%
Commercial real estate
975,734

 
999,857

 
(24,123
)
 
(2.4
)%
Multi-family
940,053

 
955,683

 
(15,630
)
 
(1.6
)%
SBA
48,254

 
36,155

 
12,099

 
33.5
 %
Construction
38,081

 
42,198

 
(4,117
)
 
(9.8
)%
Lease financing
102,012

 
85,749

 
16,263

 
19.0
 %
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
1,049,176

 
1,048,485

 
691

 
0.1
 %
Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens
119,958

 
123,177

 
(3,219
)
 
(2.6
)%
Green Loans (HELOC)—second liens
4,748

 
4,979

 
(231
)
 
(4.6
)%
Other consumer
166,470

 
161,939

 
4,531

 
2.8
 %
Gross loans and leases
3,933,715

 
3,949,122

 
(15,407
)
 
(0.4
)%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(29,345
)
 
(29,480
)
 
135

 
(0.5
)%
Loans and leases receivable, net
$
3,904,370

 
$
3,919,642

 
$
(15,272
)
 
(0.4
)%

Gross loan and leases decreased by $15.4 million to $3.93 billion at March 31, 2015 compared to $3.95 billion at December 31, 2014, due to decreases in commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, multi-family, construction, and Green Loans, partially offset by increases in lease financing and SBA loans.


84



Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisitions

The Company did not acquire any seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool in 2015 and 2014. All outstanding seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools are related to purchases in 2013 and 2012.

The unpaid principal balance and carrying value of the seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools were $660.3 million and $581.3 million, respectively at March 31, 2015 and $677.3 million and $595.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. The Company determined that certain loans in these seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools reflected credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $276.9 million and $226.9 million, respectively at March 31, 2015 and $282.7 million and $230.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately 3.51 percent and 3.46 percent of unpaid principal balance of the seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools were delinquent 60 or more days, respectively, and 1.41 percent and 0.76 percent were in bankruptcy or foreclosure, respectively.

As part of the acquisition program, the Company may sell from time to time seasoned SFR mortgage loans that do not meet the Company’s investment standards. The Company did not sell any seasoned SFR mortgage loans during the three months ended March 31, 2015, and sold seasoned SFR mortgage loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance and aggregate carrying value of $43.5 million and $30.7 million, respectively, during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisition Due Diligence

The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company involves a multifaceted due diligence process that includes compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. Prior to acquiring mortgage loans, the Company, its affiliates, sub-advisors or due diligence partners typically will review the loan portfolio and conduct certain due diligence on a loan by loan basis according to its proprietary diligence plan. This due diligence encompasses analyzing the title, subordinate liens and judgments as well as a comprehensive reconciliation of current property value. The Company, its affiliates, and its sub-advisors prepare a customized version of its diligence plan for each mortgage loan pool being reviewed that is designed to address certain identified pool specific risks. The diligence plan generally reviews several factors, including but not limited to, obtaining and reconciling property value, confirming chain of titles, reviewing assignments, confirming lien position, confirming regulatory compliance, updating borrower credit, certifying collateral, and reviewing servicing notes. In certain transactions, a portion of the diligence may be provided by the seller. In those instances, the Company reviews the mortgage loan portfolio to confirm the accuracy of the provided diligence information and supplements as appropriate.

As part of the confirmation of property values in the diligence process, the Company conducts independent due diligence on the individual properties and borrowers prior to the acquisition of the mortgage loans. In addition, market conditions, regional mortgage loan information and local trends in home values, coupled with market knowledge, are used by the Company in calculating the appropriate additional risk discount to compensate for potential property declines, foreclosures, defaults or other risks associated with the mortgage loan portfolio to be acquired. Typically, the Company may enter into one or more agreements with affiliates or third parties to perform certain of these due diligence tasks with respect to acquiring potential mortgage loans.



85



Non-Traditional Mortgage Portfolio

The Company’s non-traditional mortgage (NTM) portfolio is comprised of three interest only products: Green Account Loans (Green Loans), hybrid interest only fixed or adjustable rate mortgage (Interest Only) loans and a small number of additional loans with the potential for negative amortization. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the non-traditional mortgage loans totaled $353.8 million, or 9.0 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, and $350.6 million, or 8.9 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively. The total NTM portfolio increased by $3.3 million, or 0.9 percent during the period.

The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens
147
 
$
119,958

 
33.9
%
 
148
 
$
123,177

 
35.1
%
Interest-only—first liens
204
 
216,765

 
61.2
%
 
207
 
209,207

 
59.7
%
Negative amortization
31
 
12,241

 
3.5
%
 
32
 
13,099

 
3.7
%
Total NTM—first liens
382
 
348,964

 
98.6
%
 
387
 
345,483

 
98.5
%
Green Loans (HELOC)—second liens
19
 
4,748

 
1.3
%
 
19
 
4,979

 
1.4
%
Interest-only—second liens
1
 
113

 
0.1
%
 
1
 
113

 
0.1
%
Total NTM—second liens
20
 
4,861

 
1.4
%
 
20
 
5,092

 
1.5
%
Total NTM loans
402
 
$
353,825

 
100.0
%
 
407
 
$
350,575

 
100.0
%
Total gross loan portfolio
 
 
$
3,933,715

 
 
 
 
 
$
3,949,122

 
 
% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio
 
 
9.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
8.9
%
 
 

The initial credit guidelines for the non-traditional mortgage portfolio were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) score, loan-to-value (LTV), property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Additionally, from an ongoing credit risk management perspective, the Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for NTMs to be loan-to-value and FICO scores. On a semi-annual basis, the Company performs loan reviews of the NTM loan portfolio, which includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and HELOCs and ordering third party automated valuation models (AVM) to confirm collateral values.


86



LTV represents current unpaid principal balance divided by estimated property value. The following table presents the single family residential NTM first lien portfolio by LTV at the dates indicated: 
 
Green
 
Interest Only
 
Negative Amortization
 
Total
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
LTV’s (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
77

 
$
56,136

 
46.7
%
 
60

 
$
99,152

 
45.8
%
 
15

 
$
5,960

 
48.7
%
 
152

 
$
161,248

 
46.2
%
61 – 80
45

 
46,129

 
38.5
%
 
52

 
83,480

 
38.5
%
 
12

 
5,312

 
43.4
%
 
109

 
134,921

 
38.7
%
81 – 100
18

 
11,833

 
9.9
%
 
33

 
15,463

 
7.1
%
 
3

 
579

 
4.7
%
 
54

 
27,875

 
8.0
%
> 100
7

 
5,860

 
4.9
%
 
59

 
18,670

 
8.6
%
 
1

 
390

 
3.2
%
 
67

 
24,920

 
7.1
%
Total
147

 
$
119,958

 
100.0
%
 
204

 
$
216,765

 
100.0
%
 
31

 
$
12,241

 
100.0
%
 
382

 
$
348,964

 
100.0
%
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
77

 
$
58,856

 
47.8
%
 
60

 
$
93,254

 
44.7
%
 
15

 
$
6,023

 
46.0
%
 
152

 
$
158,133

 
45.8
%
61 – 80
45

 
46,177

 
37.5
%
 
54

 
81,472

 
38.9
%
 
12

 
5,901

 
45.0
%
 
111

 
133,550

 
38.6
%
81 – 100
18

 
11,846

 
9.6
%
 
33

 
14,927

 
7.1
%
 
4

 
781

 
6.0
%
 
55

 
27,554

 
8.0
%
> 100
8

 
6,298

 
5.1
%
 
60

 
19,554

 
9.3
%
 
1

 
394

 
3.0
%
 
69

 
26,246

 
7.6
%
Total
148

 
$
123,177

 
100.0
%
 
207

 
$
209,207

 
100.0
%
 
32

 
$
13,099

 
100.0
%
 
387

 
$
345,483

 
100.0
%

(1)
LTV represents estimated current loan to value ratio, determined by dividing current unpaid principal balance by latest estimated property value received per the Company policy.

The decreases in Green Loans and negative amortization loans were due mainly to reductions in principal balances and payoffs and the increase in interest only was due to increased originations. The Company continues to originate interest only loans.


87



Green Loans

Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. The Company initiated the Green Loan products in 2005 and proactively refined underwriting and credit management practices and credit guidelines in response to changing economic environments, competitive conditions and portfolio performance. The Company continues to manage credit risk, to the extent possible, throughout the borrower’s credit cycle. The Company discontinued the origination of Green Loan products in 2011.

At March 31, 2015, Green Loans totaled $124.7 million, a decrease of $3.5 million, or 2.7 percent from $128.2 million at December 31, 2014, primarily due to reductions in principal balances and payoffs. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $10.7 million and $12.5 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential of negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios and the Company’s contractual ability to curtail loans when the value of underlying collateral declines.

The Green Loans are similar to HELOCs in that they are collateralized primarily by the equity in single family mortgage loans. However, some Green Loans are subject to differences from HELOCs relating to certain characteristics including one-action laws. Similar to Green Loans, HELOCs allow the borrower to draw down on the credit line based on an established loan amount for a period of time, typically 10 years, requiring an interest only payment with an option to pay principal at any time. A typical HELOC provides that at the end of the term the borrower can continue to make monthly principal and interest payments based on loan balance until the maturity date. The Green Loan is an interest only loan with a maturity of 15 years at which time the loan comes due and payable with a balloon payment due at maturity. The unique payment structure also differs from a traditional HELOC in that payments are made through the direct linkage of a personal checking account to the loan through a nightly sweep of funds into the Green Loan Account. This reduces any outstanding balance on the loan by the total amount deposited into the checking account. As a result, every time a deposit is made, effectively a payment to the Green Loan is made. HELOCs typically do not cause the loan to be paid down by a borrower’s depositing of funds into their checking account at the same bank.

Credit guidelines for Green Loans were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) scores, property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Property types include single family residences and second trust deeds where the Company owned the first liens, owner occupied as well as non-owner occupied properties. The Company utilized its underwriting guidelines for first liens to underwrite the Green Loan secured by second trust deeds as if the combined loans were a single Green Loan. For all Green Loans, the loan income was underwritten using either full income documentation or alternative income documentation.

For single family properties the loan sizes ranged up to $7.0 million. For two-to-four family properties, the loan sizes ranged up to $7.5 million. As loan size increased, the maximum LTV decreased from 80 percent to 60 percent. Maximum LTVs were adjusted by 5-10 percent for specified property types such as condos. FICOs were based on the primary wage earners’ mid FICO score and the lower of two mid FICO scores for full and alternative documentation, respectively. 76 percent of the FICO scores exceeded 700 at the time of origination. Loans greater than $1 million were subject to a second appraisal or third party appraisal review at origination.

88



The following table presents the Company’s non-traditional single family residential mortgage Green Loans first lien portfolio at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 by FICO scores:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Change
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
FICO Score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
800+
28

 
$
19,448

 
16.2
%
 
28

 
$
20,248

 
16.4
%
 

 
$
(800
)
 
(0.2
)%
700-799
72

 
50,769

 
42.3
%
 
72

 
52,532

 
42.7
%
 

 
(1,763
)
 
(0.4
)%
600-699
28

 
30,431

 
25.4
%
 
29

 
31,053

 
25.2
%
 
(1
)
 
(622
)
 
0.2
 %
<600
8

 
11,873

 
9.9
%
 
8

 
11,893

 
9.7
%
 

 
(20
)
 
0.2
 %
No FICO
11

 
7,437

 
6.2
%
 
11

 
7,451

 
6.0
%
 

 
(14
)
 
0.2
 %
Totals
147

 
$
119,958

 
100.0
%
 
148

 
$
123,177

 
100.0
%
 
(1
)
 
$
(3,219
)
 
 %

The Company updates FICO scores on a semi-annual basis, typically in the second and fourth quarters or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management. As such, the FICO scores did not materially change from December 31, 2014 to March 31, 2015, but the change during the quarter reflects loans that were paid off during the quarter.

Interest Only Loans

Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payment in initial periods before converting to a fully amortizing loan. As of March 31, 2015, our interest only loans increased by $7.6 million, or 3.6 percent, to $216.9 million from $209.3 million at December 31, 2014, primarily due to originations of $23.5 million, partially offset by net amortization of $15.9 million. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $3.0 million and $2.0 million of the interest only loans were non-performing, respectively.

Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization

Negative amortization loans decreased by $0.9 million, or 6.6 percent, to $12.2 million as of March 31, 2015 from $13.1 million as of December 31, 2014. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $0 and $0 of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing, respectively. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including the Company’s policies on loan-to-value ratios.

Non-Traditional Mortgage Loan Credit Risk Management

The Company performs detailed reviews of collateral values on loans collateralized by residential real property including its non-traditional mortgage portfolio based on appraisals or estimates from third party automated valuation models (AVMs) to analyze property value trends on a semi-annual basis or as needed. AVMs are used to identify loans that have experienced potential collateral deterioration. Once a loan has been identified that may have experienced collateral deterioration, the Company will obtain updated drive by or full appraisals in order to confirm the valuation. This information is used to update key monitoring metrics such as LTV. Additionally, FICO scores are obtained bi-annually in conjunction with the collateral analysis. In addition to LTV and FICO, the Company evaluates the portfolio on a specific loan basis through delinquency and portfolio charge-offs to determine whether any risk mitigation or portfolio management actions are warranted. The borrowers may be contacted as necessary to discuss material changes in loan performance or credit metrics.

The Company’s risk management policy and credit monitoring includes reviewing delinquency, FICO scores, and collateral values on the non-traditional mortgage loan portfolio. We also continuously monitor market conditions for our geographic lending areas. The Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for non-traditional mortgages to be LTV and FICO scores. The loan review provides an effective method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded that will increase the ALLL the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan reviews is published and regularly monitored.


89



On the interest only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will be an increase in payment of 3.50 percent or greater and then monitors the loans for possible delinquencies. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.

As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first red flag that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.

As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing a detailed analysis with emphasis on the non-traditional mortgage portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts monthly meetings to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations. From the most recent review completed in the second quarter of 2014, the Company did not freeze or reduce any additional commitments.

Consumer and non-traditional mortgage loans may entail greater risk than do traditional single family residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles and recreational vehicles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a consumer and non-traditional mortgage loan are more dependent on the borrower‘s continued financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy.

Non-Performing Assets

The following table presents a summary of total non-performing assets as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
($ in thousands)
Loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual
$

 
$

 
$

 
NM

Nonaccrual loans
42,754

 
38,381

 
4,373

 
11.4
%
Total non-performing loans
42,754

 
38,381

 
4,373

 
11.4
%
Other real estate owned
498

 
423

 
75

 
17.7
%
Total non-performing assets
$
43,252

 
$
38,804

 
$
4,448

 
11.5
%
Performing restructured loans
$
7,431

 
$
6,346

 
$
1,085

 
17.1
%
Total non-performing loans to gross loans and leases
1.09
%
 
0.97
%
 
 
 
 
Total non-performing assets to total assets
0.71
%
 
0.65
%
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans
68.64
%
 
76.81
%
 
 
 
 

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. Past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower experiences changes to their financial condition, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full.

Additional income of approximately $276 thousand would have been recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2015, had these loans been paid in accordance with their original terms throughout the periods indicated.


90



Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) of loans are defined by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” and ASC 470-60, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors” and evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10-35. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the amount of principal amortization, forgiveness of a portion of a loan balance or accrued interest, or extension of the maturity date. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

Troubled debt restructured loans and leases consist of the following as of the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

SBA

 
9

 
9

 

 
6

 
6

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 
4,543

 
4,543

 

 
4,269

 
4,269

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
4,549

 

 
4,549

 
3,442

 

 
3,442

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
294

 

 
294

 
294

 

 
294

Total
$
4,843

 
$
4,552

 
$
9,395

 
$
3,736

 
$
4,275

 
$
8,011



91



Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) at a level estimated by management to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company enhanced the methodologies, processes and controls over the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), due to the Company's organic and acquisitive growth and changing profile.

The following is a synopsis of the enhancements for each component of ALLL:

Expand the look-back period to 28 rolling quarters to capture the full economic cycle.
Utilize net historical losses versus gross historical losses.
Expand the peer group used to determine industry average loss history to include three industry groups: i) all U.S. financial and bank holding companies; ii) all California financial and bank holding companies; iii) the peer group average from the Uniform Bank Performance Report.
Apply the segment specific loss emergence period to each segment's loss.
Determine qualitative reserves at each loan segment level based on a baseline risk weighting adjusted for current risks, trends and business conditions.
Disaggregate certain qualitative factors to be determined on the portfolio segment level.

The ALLL is comprised of two components, valuation on loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment (GVA) and valuation on loans that are individually evaluated for impairment (SVA). The GVA is based on ongoing assessment of the estimated probable losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the ALLL, management considers the types of loans and leases and the amount of loans and leases in the portfolio, industry information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This methodology takes into account many factors, including the Company’s own historical and industry average loss trends, loan and lease-level credit quality ratings, loan and lease specific attributes along with a review of various credit metrics and trends. The process involves subjective as well as complex judgments. The Company uses a seven year loss experience, which includes 15 quarters of the internal history and supplemented with 13 quarters of industry average loss history. In addition, the Company uses adjustments for numerous qualitative factors including those found in the Interagency Guidance on ALLL, which include current economic conditions, loan and lease seasoning, underwriting experience, and collateral value changes, among others. The Company calculates the SVA on all impaired loans and leases using guidance from ASC 310 primarily through the evaluation of expected cash flows or collateral values.

At March 31, 2015, total ALLL was $29.3 million, which represented 0.75 percent of total gross loans and leases, as compared to $29.5 million, or 0.75 percent, of total gross loans and leases at December 31, 2014, with unallocated ALLL of $364 thousand and $0, respectively, at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The SVA was $1.2 million at March 31, 2015 compared to $1.3 million at December 31, 2014. The GVA on originated loans and leases at March 31, 2015 was $25.5 million, which represented 1.31 percent of total originated loans and leases, as compared to $25.3 million, or 1.34 percent, of total originated loans and leases at December 31, 2014. Including the non-credit impaired loans acquired through the business acquisitions, the GVA was $27.9 million as of March 31, 2015, which represents 0.85 percent of the total amount of such loans and leases, as compared to $28.2 million, or 0.85 percent, of the total amount of such loans and leases at December 31, 2014. The ALLL plus market discount for originated and acquired non-credit impaired loans and leases to the total amount of such loans and leases was 3.27 percent at March 31, 2015 versus 3.37 percent at December 31, 2014. The Company provided $0 to its provision for loan and lease losses during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The Company acquired the BPNA branches in 2014, PBOC during 2013 and Beach Business Bank and Gateway Bancorp during 2012, and their loans and leases were treated under ASC 805, accounting for acquisitions. The acquired loans and leases include loans and leases that are accounted for under ASC 310-30, accounting for purchased credit impaired loans and leases (PCI). In addition, the Company acquired three pools of credit impaired re-performing seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools during 2012 and five pools of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools, which were partially ASC 310-30 loans, during 2013. The Company may recognize provisions for loan and lease losses in the future should there be further deterioration in these loans after the purchase date should the impairment exceed the non-accretable yield and purchased discount. On a quarterly basis, the Company determines whether it needs to re-forecast its expected cash flows for the PCI loans relating to the PBOC, Beach Business Bank and Gateway Bancorp acquisitions, and the eight loan pools to be evaluated for potential impairment. The provision for loans and leases losses on PCI loans reflected a decrease in expected cash flows on PCI loans compared to those previously estimated. The impairment reserve for PCI loans was $206 thousand at March 31, 2015.



92



The following table provides information regarding activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
($ in thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period
$
29,480

 
$
18,805

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
(11
)
 

Commercial real estate
(259
)
 

Multi-family

 

SBA

 
(17
)
Construction

 

Lease financing
(87
)
 

Single family residential mortgage

 
(151
)
Other consumer

 
(35
)
Total charge-offs
(357
)
 
(203
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
3

 
26

Commercial real estate
132

 
316

Multi-family
3

 

SBA
72

 
92

Construction

 

Lease financing

 

Single family residential mortgage

 

Other consumer
12

 
1

Total recoveries
222

 
435

Transfer from (to) held-for-sale

 
(963
)
Provision for loan and lease losses

 
1,929

Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of period
$
29,345

 
$
20,003

Average total gross loans and leases held for investment
$
3,896,456

 
$
2,415,196

Total gross loans and leases held for investment at end of period
$
3,933,715

 
$
2,396,995

Ratios:
 
 
 
Annualized net loan charge-offs to average total gross loans held for investment
0.01
%
 
(0.04
)%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total gross loans held for investment
0.75
%
 
0.83
 %

93



The following table provides a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by loan and lease category as well as loans and leases receivable for each category as of the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Allowance for
Loan and
Lease Losses
 
Loans and
Leases
Receivable
 
Allowance for
Loan and
Lease Losses
 
Loans and
Leases
Receivable
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
6,484

 
$
489,229

 
$
6,910

 
$
490,900

Commercial real estate
3,904

 
975,734

 
3,840

 
999,857

Multi-family
7,164

 
940,053

 
7,179

 
955,683

SBA
566

 
48,254

 
335

 
36,155

Construction
695

 
38,081

 
846

 
42,198

Lease financing
1,195

 
102,012

 
873

 
85,749

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
6,960

 
1,169,134

 
7,192

 
1,171,662

Other consumer
2,013

 
171,218

 
2,305

 
166,918

Unallocated
364

 


 

 


Total
$
29,345

 
$
3,933,715

 
$
29,480

 
$
3,949,122


The changes in ALLL coverage per each loan category were the results of the Company's enhancements made on the current methodologies as discussed above.

94



The following table presents the ALLL allocation among loan and lease origination types as of the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
($ in thousands)
Loan and lease breakdown by ALLL evaluation type:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
29,301

 
$
29,287

 
$
14

 
 %
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1,947,212

 
1,892,240

 
54,972

 
2.9
 %
Acquired through business acquisitions - non-impaired:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
2,818

 
4,191

 
(1,373
)
 
(32.8
)%
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1,358,184

 
1,411,927

 
(53,743
)
 
(3.8
)%
Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired
354,402

 
364,580

 
(10,178
)
 
(2.8
)%
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
241,798

 
246,897

 
(5,099
)
 
(2.1
)%
Total loans and leases
$
3,933,715

 
$
3,949,122

 
$
(15,407
)
 
(0.4
)%
ALLL breakdown:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
1,199

 
$
1,288

 
$
(89
)
 
(6.9
)%
Collectively evaluated for impairment
25,474

 
25,263

 
211

 
0.8
 %
Acquired through business acquisitions - non-impaired:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment

 

 

 
NM

Collectively evaluated for impairment
2,466

 
2,906

 
(440
)
 
(15.1
)%
Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

 

 

 
NM

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
206

 
23

 
183

 
795.7
 %
Total ALLL
$
29,345

 
$
29,480

 
$
(135
)
 
(0.5
)%
Discount on purchased/acquired loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquired through business acquisitions - non-impaired
$
16,877

 
$
17,866

 
$
(989
)
 
(5.5
)%
Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired
28,967

 
29,955

 
(988
)
 
(3.3
)%
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
53,381

 
55,865

 
(2,484
)
 
(4.4
)%
Total discount
$
99,225

 
$
103,686

 
$
(4,461
)
 
(4.3
)%
Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To originated loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
4.09
%
 
4.40
%
 
(0.31
)%
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1.31
%
 
1.34
%
 
(0.03
)%
 
 
Total ALLL
1.35
%
 
1.38
%
 
(0.03
)%
 
 
To originated and acquired non-impaired loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
3.73
%
 
3.85
%
 
(0.12
)%
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
0.85
%
 
0.85
%
 
 %
 
 
Total ALLL
0.87
%
 
0.88
%
 
(0.01
)%
 
 
Total ALLL and discount (1)
1.38
%
 
1.42
%
 
(0.04
)%
 
 
To total loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
3.73
%
 
3.85
%
 
(0.12
)%
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
0.76
%
 
0.77
%
 
(0.01
)%
 
 
Total ALLL
0.75
%
 
0.75
%
 
 %
 
 
Total ALLL and discount (1)
3.27
%
 
3.37
%
 
(0.10
)%
 
 
 
(1)
Total ALLL plus discount divided by carrying value.


95



Servicing Rights

Total mortgage and SBA servicing rights were $21.8 million and $19.6 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) amounted to $21.2 million and $19.1 million and the amortized cost of the SBA servicing rights was $664 thousand and $484 thousand at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company retains servicing rights from certain of its sales of SFR mortgage loans and SBA loans. The aggregate principal balance of the loans underlying our total MSRs and SBA servicing rights was $2.12 billion and $29.3 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015 and $1.92 billion and $22.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. The recorded amount of the MSR and SBA servicing rights as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the loans we are servicing was 1.00 percent and 2.26 percent, respectively, at March 31, 2015 as compared to 0.99 percent and 2.18 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

Deposits

The following table shows the composition of deposits by type as of the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Change
 
Change
 
($ in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits
$
749,129

 
$
662,295

 
$
86,834

 
13.1
 %
Interest-bearing demand deposits
1,032,482

 
1,054,828

 
(22,346
)
 
(2.1
)%
Money market accounts
1,136,562

 
1,074,432

 
62,130

 
5.8
 %
Savings accounts
898,483

 
985,646

 
(87,163
)
 
(8.8
)%
Certificates of deposit under $100,000
663,713

 
449,580

 
214,133

 
47.6
 %
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
381,623

 
445,050

 
(63,427
)
 
(14.3
)%
Total deposits
$
4,861,992

 
$
4,671,831

 
$
190,161

 
4.1
 %

Total deposits increased by $190.2 million, or 4.1 percent, to $4.86 billion at March 31, 2015, compared to $4.67 billion at December 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to increases in certificates of deposit, noninterest-bearing deposits, and money market accounts, partially offset by decreases in savings accounts and interest-bearing demand deposits.


96



Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Other Borrowings

At March 31, 2015, $400.0 million of the Bank's advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.28 percent to 0.34 percent with a weighted average interest rate of 0.31 percent and $145.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.24 percent. At December 31, 2014, $400.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.19 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average interest rate of 0.31 percent, and $233.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.27 percent.

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1.89 billion and $1.84 billion, respectively. The Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco totaled $27.4 million and $29.8 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $943.0 million at March 31, 2015.

The Bank maintained a line of credit of $111.1 million from the Federal Reserve Discount Window, to which the Bank pledged loans with a carrying value of $149.0 million with no outstanding borrowings at March 31, 2015. The Bank also maintained available unsecured federal funds lines of credit of $85.0 million and potential borrowings under repurchase agreements up to $319.6 million at March 31, 2015.

On March 30, 2015, Banc of California, Inc. established a line of credit of $20.0 million with a financial institution with a maturity date of March 28, 2016 at a floating interest rate equal to a LIBOR rate plus 2.25 percent or a prime rate, the proceeds of which are to be used for working capital purposes. The Company had outstanding borrowings of $15.0 million under this line of credit at March 31, 2015.


97



Long Term Debt

Senior Notes

On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (the Senior Notes I) at a price to the public of $25.00 per Senior Note I. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million.

On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes I at a price to the public of $25.00 per Senior Note I, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.

Subsequent to March 31, 2015, on April 6, 2015, the Company completed the issuance and sale of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.25 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2025 (the Senior Notes II, together with the Senior Notes I, the Senior Notes). Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $172.8 million.

The Senior Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the Base Indenture), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 23, 2012 for the Senior Notes I, and the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 6, 2015 for the Senior Notes II (the Supplemental Indentures and together with the Base Indenture, the Indenture), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

The Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Senior Notes I and II bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent and 5.25 percent, respectively. The Company is required to make interest payments on the Senior Notes I quarterly in arrears and on the Senior Notes II semi-annually in arrears.

The Senior Notes I and II will mature on April 15, 2020 and April 15, 2025, respectively. The Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter for the Senior Notes I redeem the Senior Notes I in whole or in part, and on or after January 15, 2025 for the Senior Notes II redeem the Senior Notes in whole at any time or in part from time to time, in each case on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Senior Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.

Tangible Equity Units – Amortizing Notes

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $69.0 million of 8.00 percent tangible equity units (TEUs) in an underwritten public offering. A total of 1,380,000 TEUs were issued, including 180,000 TEUs issued to the underwriter upon exercise of its overallotment option, with each TEU having a stated amount of $50.00. Each TEU is comprised of (i) a prepaid stock purchase contract (each a Purchase Contract) that will be settled by delivery of a specified number of shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 (each an Amortizing Note) that has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50 percent per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. The Company has the right to defer installment payments on the Amortizing Notes at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as such deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019.

The Purchase Contracts and Amortizing Notes are accounted for separately. The Purchase Contract component of the TEUs is recorded in Additional Paid in Capital on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Amortizing Note is recorded in Note Payable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The relative fair values of the Amortizing Notes and Purchase Contracts were estimated to be approximately $14.6 million and $54.4 million, respectively. Total issuance costs associated with the TEUs were $4.0 million (including the underwriter discount of $3.3 million), of which $857 thousand was allocated to the liability component and $3.2 million was allocated to the equity component of the TEUs. The portion of the issuance costs allocated to the debt component of the TEUs is being amortized over the term of the amortizing note. Net proceeds of $65.0 million from the issuance of the TEUs were designated to partially finance the BPNA Branch Acquisition and for general corporate purposes.

98



Reserve for Unfunded Loan Commitments

The Company maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks. The probability of usage of the unfunded loan commitments and credit risk factors determined based on outstanding loan balance of same customer or outstanding loans that shares similar credit risk exposure are used to determine the adequacy of the reserve. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments was $1.9 million.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,869

 
$
1,439

Provision for unfunded loan commitments
32

 
175

Balance at end of period
$
1,901

 
$
1,614


Reserve for Loss on Repurchased Loans

Reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans was $8.4 million and $8.3 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. This reserve relates to our single family residential mortgage business. We sell most of the residential mortgage loans that we originate into the secondary mortgage market. When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. Typically, these representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, generally we have no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan. We maintain a reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. In each case, these estimates are based on the most recent data available to us, including data from third parties, regarding demand for loan repurchases, actual loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors. Provisions added to the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans are recorded under non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as an increase or decrease to provision for loss reimbursements on loans sold.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans for the periods indicated: 
 
Three Months Ended 
 March 31,
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
8,303

 
$
5,427

Provision for loan repurchases
1,328

 
571

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans
(1,199
)
 
(132
)
Balance at end of period
$
8,432

 
$
5,866



99



Liquidity Management

The Bank is required to have enough liquid assets in order to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure a safe and sound operation. Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon availability of funds and comparative yields on investments in relation to the return on loans. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that adequate liquidity is maintained.

The Bank’s liquidity, represented by cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale, is a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, payments and maturities of outstanding loans and investment securities; and other short-term investments and funds provided from operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturing securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, the Bank invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. The Bank also generates cash through borrowings. The Bank utilizes FHLB advances to leverage its capital base, to provide funds for its lending activities, as a source of liquidity, and to enhance its interest rate risk management. The Bank also has the ability to obtain brokered deposits. Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Any excess liquidity would be invested in federal funds or authorized investments such as mortgage-backed or U.S. agency securities. On a longer-term basis, the Bank maintains a strategy of investing in various lending products. The Bank uses its sources of funds primarily to meet its ongoing commitments, to pay maturing certificates of deposit and savings withdrawals, to fund loan commitments, and to maintain its portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities.

At March 31, 2015, there were $220.8 million of approved loan origination commitments, $346.7 million of unused lines of credit and $12.0 million of outstanding letters of credit. Certificates of deposit maturing in the next 12 months totaled $804.3 million and $545.0 million of FHLB advances had maturities of less than 12 months at March 31, 2015.

Based on the competitive deposit rates offered and on historical experience, management believes that a significant portion of maturing deposits will remain with the Bank, although no assurance can be given in this regard. At March 31, 2015, the Company maintained $265.4 million of cash and cash equivalents that was 4.4 percent to total assets. In addition, the Bank had the ability at March 31, 2015 to borrow an additional $943.0 million from the FHLB and $111.1 million from the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank also maintained available unsecured federal funds lines of credit of $85.0 million and repurchase agreements up to $319.6 million at March 31, 2015.

Commitments

The following table presents information as of March 31, 2015 regarding the Company’s commitments and contractual obligations: 
 
Commitments and Contractual Obligations
 
Total
Amount
Committed
 
Less Than
One Year
 
More Than 
One Year 
Through
Three Years
 
More Than 
Three Year
Through
Five Years
 
Over Five
Years
 
(In thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
$
220,771

 
$
159,775

 
$
22,619

 
$
8,355

 
$
30,022

Unused lines of credit
346,704

 
202,588

 
21,653

 
40,972

 
81,491

Standby letters of credit
11,950

 
8,847

 
1,500

 
750

 
853

Total commitments
$
579,425

 
$
371,210

 
$
45,772

 
$
50,077

 
$
112,366

FHLB advances
$
545,000

 
$
545,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

Other borrowings
15,000

 
15,000

 

 

 

Long-term debt
129,216

 
11,876

 
19,613

 
12,713

 
85,014

Operating and capital lease obligations
46,539

 
13,874

 
18,538

 
7,708

 
6,419

Certificate of deposits
1,045,336

 
804,258

 
228,204

 
9,497

 
3,377

Total contractual obligations
$
1,781,091

 
$
1,390,008

 
$
266,355

 
$
29,918

 
$
94,810



100



Regulatory Capital

The following table presents the regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of dates indicated: 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Minimum 
Capital
Requirement
 
Ratio
 
Minimum 
Required
to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
Ratio
 
($ in thousands)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banc of California, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
502,054

 
11.55
%
 
$
347,838

 
8.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
470,808

 
10.83
%
 
260,879

 
6.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
391,714

 
9.01
%
 
195,659

 
4.50
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio
470,808

 
7.99
%
 
235,611

 
4.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Banc of California, NA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
589,547

 
13.58
%
 
$
347,348

 
8.00
%
 
$
434,185

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
558,301

 
12.86
%
 
260,511

 
6.00
%
 
347,348

 
8.00
%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
558,301

 
12.86
%
 
195,383

 
4.50
%
 
282,220

 
6.50
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
558,301

 
9.49
%
 
235,344

 
4.00
%
 
294,180

 
5.00
%
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banc of California, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
473,656

 
11.28
%
 
$
335,829

 
8.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
442,307

 
10.54
%
 
167,914

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio
442,307

 
8.57
%
 
206,502

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Banc of California, NA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
503,727

 
12.04
%
 
$
334,834

 
8.00
%
 
$
418,543

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
472,378

 
11.29
%
 
167,417

 
4.00
%
 
251,126

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
472,378

 
9.17
%
 
206,095

 
4.00
%
 
257,619

 
5.00
%

Through December 31, 2014, the FRB required bank holding companies such as the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, through December 31, 2014 the FRB required bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 4.0 percent. Through December 31, 2014, in order to be considered “well capitalized,” federal bank regulatory agencies required depository institutions such as the Bank to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10.0 percent, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 5.0 percent.

In July 2013, the Federal banking regulators approved a final rule to implement the revised capital adequacy standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and to address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act). The final rule strengthens the definition of regulatory capital, increases risk-based capital requirements, makes selected changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and adjusts the prompt corrective action thresholds. The Company and the Bank became subject to the new rule on January 1, 2015 and certain provisions of the new rule will be phased in over the period of 2015 through 2019.

The final rule:
Permits banking organizations that had less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, to include in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock that were issued and included in Tier 1 capital prior to May 19, 2010, subject to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, excluding any non-qualifying capital instruments and after all regulatory capital deductions and adjustments have been applied to Tier 1 capital.

101



Establishes new qualifying criteria for regulatory capital, including new limitations on the inclusion of deferred tax assets and mortgage servicing rights.
Requires a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent.
Increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement from 4 percent to 6 percent.
Retains the minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement of 8 percent.
Retains a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4 percent.
Changes the prompt corrective action standards so that in order to be considered well-capitalized, a depository institution must have a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.5 percent (new), a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent (increased from 6 percent), a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10 percent (unchanged), and a leverage ratio of 5 percent (unchanged).
Retains the existing regulatory capital framework for one-to-four family residential mortgage exposures.
Permits banking organizations that are not subject to the advanced approaches rule, such as the Company and the Bank, to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for most accumulated other comprehensive income, such that unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale will not affect regulatory capital amounts and ratios.
Implements a new capital conservation buffer requirement for a banking organization to maintain a common equity capital ratio more than 2.5 percent above the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total risk based capital ratios in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, and certain discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625 percent and will be fully phased in at 2.50 percent by January 1, 2019. A banking organization with a buffer of less than the required amount would be subject to increasingly stringent limitations on such distributions and payments as the buffer approaches zero. The new rule also generally prohibits a banking organization from making such distributions or payments during any quarter if its eligible retained income is negative and its capital conservation buffer ratio was 2.5 percent or less at the end of the previous quarter. The eligible retained income of a banking organization is defined as its net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the current calendar quarter, based on the organization’s quarterly regulatory reports, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income.
Increases capital requirements for past-due loans, high volatility commercial real estate exposures, and certain short term commitments and securitization exposures.
Expands the recognition of collateral and guarantors in determining risk-weighted assets.
Removes references to credit ratings consistent with the Dodd Frank Act and establishes due diligence requirements for securitization exposures.


102



ITEM 3 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

How We Measure Our Risk of Interest Rate Changes. As part of our attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor our interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we continually analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and/or prepayments, and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.

In order to manage the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases in interest rates on our results of operations, we adopted asset and liability management policies to better align the maturities and repricing terms of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These policies are implemented by the asset and liability management committee. The asset and liability management committee is chaired by the treasurer and is comprised of members of our senior management. An asset and liability management policy establishes guidelines for the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs, while the asset liability management committee monitors adherence to these guidelines. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk, and profitability goals. The asset and liability management committee meets periodically to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital position, anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities and interest rate risk exposure limits versus current projections pursuant to our net present value of equity analysis. At each meeting, the asset and liability management committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The treasurer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors on a regular basis.

In order to manage our assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, we have focused our strategies on:

Originating and purchasing adjustable-rate mortgage loans,
Originating shorter-term consumer loans,
Acquiring short duration securities for the investment portfolio,
Managing our deposits to establish stable deposit relationships,
Using FHLB advances and/or certain derivatives such as swaps to align maturities and repricing terms, and
Attempting to limit the percentage of fixed-rate loans in our portfolio.

At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, the asset and liability management committee may determine to increase the Company’s interest rate risk position within the asset liability tolerance set by the Bank’s policies.
As part of its procedures, the asset and liability management committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution’s existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.


103



Interest Rate Sensitivity of Economic Value of Equity and Net Interest Income

The following table presents the projected change in the Bank’s net portfolio value at March 31, 2015 that would occur upon an immediate change in interest rates based on independent analysis, but without giving effect to any steps that management might take to counteract that change.
 
March 31, 2015
Change in
Interest Rates in
Basis Points (bp) (1)
Economic Value of Equity
 
Net Interest Income
Amount
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
Amount
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
($ in thousands)
+100 bp
$
745,843

 
$
(54,586
)
 
(6.8
)%
 
$
217,236

 
$
(4,735
)
 
(2.1
)%
0 bp
800,429

 
 
 
 
 
221,971

 
 
 
 
-100 bp
816,939

 
16,510

 
2.1
 %
 
217,755

 
(4,216
)
 
(1.9
)%
 
(1)
Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, if interest rates change, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates of deposit could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.

The Company does not maintain any securities for trading purposes. The Company does not currently engage in trading activities. The Company does use derivative instruments to hedge its mortgage banking risks. In addition, interest rate risk is the most significant market risk affecting the Company. Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of the Company’s business activities and operations.


104



ITEM 4 - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act) as of March 31, 2015 was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other members of the Company’s senior management. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of March 31, 2015, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Act is: (i) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management (including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure; and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act) that occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

The Company does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

105



PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. We do not anticipate incurring any material liability as a result of such currently pending litigation.

As previously reported in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, on December 14, 2011, CMG Financial Services, Inc. (CMG) initiated a patent lawsuit against Pacific Trust Bank, the predecessor of the Bank, in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (the Court) alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,627,509 (the Action) relating to the origination and servicing of loans with characteristics similar to the Bank’s Green Accounts, a product that the Bank no longer originates. On September 19, 2014, the Court entered final judgment in favor of the Bank, declaring CMG’s patent invalid and dismissing the suit against the Bank, with prejudice. On September 25, 2014, CMG filed a notice of appeal of the final judgment with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. On January 27, 2015, CMG filed its opening brief in the appeal and the Bank filed its opposition to the appeal on April 16, 2015. The Company and its counsel believe the appeal is without merit and the resolution of the matter is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations, though no assurance can be given in this regard.

ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS

There have been no material changes to the risk factors that appeared under Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

ITEM 2 - UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer
 
 
 
Total Number of Shares
 
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
 
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced 
Plans
 
Total Number
of Shares
That May Yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plan
From January 1, 2015 to January 31, 2015

 
$

 

 
897,958

From February 1, 2015 to February 28, 2015

 
$

 

 
897,958

From March 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015

 
$

 

 
897,958

Total

 
$

 

 
 

ITEM 3 - DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None

ITEM 4 MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

ITEM 5 - OTHER INFORMATION

None


106



ITEM 6 - EXHIBITS
2.1
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among Banc of California, Inc., (f/k/a First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.) (sometimes referred to below as the Registrant or the Company), Gateway Bancorp, Inc. (Gateway), each of the stockholders of Gateway and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)
 
 
 
2.1A
Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 2011, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among The Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(1)
 
 
 
2.2B
Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 24, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(2)
 
 
 
2.2C
Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 30, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(3)
 
 
 
2.2D
Amendment No. 4, dated as of July 31, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(4)
 
 
 
2.3
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Beach Business Bank, as amended by Amendment No. 1thereto dated as of October 31, 2011
(b)
 
 
 
2.4
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California
(c)
 
 
 
2.5
Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 5, 2013, to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California
(x)
 
 
 
2.6
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 25, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Banc of California, National Association, CS Financial, Inc., the Sellers named therein and the Sellers’ Representative named therein
(y)
 
 
 
2.7
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and between Banco Popular North America and Banc of California, National Association
(aa)
 
 
 
3.1
Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
(d)
 
 
 
3.2
Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant increasing the authorized capital stock of the Registrant
(e)
 
 
 
3.3
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A
(f)
 
 
 
3.4
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
(g)
 
 
 
3.5
Articles of Amendment to Articles Supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
(h)
 
 
 
3.6
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C
(o)
 
 
 
3.7
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B
(p)
 
 
 
3.8
Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant changing the Registrant’s name
(q)
 
 
 
3.9
Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant increasing the authorized capital stock of the Registrant
(bb)
 
 
 
3.10
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s 7.375% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D
(ll)
 
 
 
3.11
Bylaws of the Registrant
(ii)
 
 
 
4.1
Warrant to purchase up to 240,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010
(g)
 
 
 
4.2
Warrant to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010
(g)
 
 
 
4.3
Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
(l)
 
 
 

107



4.4
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant’s 7.50% Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 and form of 7.50% Senior Notes due April 15, 2020
(l)
 
 
 
4.5
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 6, 2015, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant’s 5.25% Senior Notes due April 15, 2025 and form of 5.25% Senior Notes due April 15, 2025
(mm)
 
 
 
4.6
Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013, among the Registrant, Registrar and Transfer Company, as Depositary and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein
(o)
 
 
 
4.7
Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2015, among the Registrant, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., collectively as Depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein
(ll)
 
 
 
4.8
Purchase Contract Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
(ee)
 
 
 
4.9
Indenture, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
(ee)
 
 
 
4.10
First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association relating to the Registrant's 8% Tangible Equity Units due May 15, 2017
(ee)
 
 
 
10.1
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Steven A. Sugarman
(i)
 
 
 
10.1A
Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement between the Registrant and Steven A. Sugarman dated August 21, 2012
(i)
 
 
 
10.1B
Amendment dated December 13, 2013 to Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman dated August 21, 2012
(ff)
 
 
 
10.1C
Letter Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Steven A. Sugarman, relating to Stock Appreciation Rights issued with respect to Tangible Equity Units
(gg)
 
 
 
10.2
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Pacific Trust Bank and Beach Business Bank and Robert M. Franko
(i)
 
 
 
10.2A
Mutual Termination and Release Letter Agreement, dated September 25, 2012, relating to Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2003, between Doctors’ Bancorp, predecessor-in-interest to Beach Business Bank, and Robert M. Franko
(i)
 
 
 
10.3
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2012, by and among the Registrant and John C. Grosvenor
(i)
 
 
 
10.4
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.
(i)
 
 
 
10.5
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Hugh F. Boyle
(cc)
 
 
 
10.6
Registrant’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(j)
 
 
 
10.7A
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(m)
 
 
 
10.7B
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(m)
 
 
 
10.7C
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(m)
 
 
 
10.8
Registrant’s 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
(k)
 
 
 
10.9
Registrant’s 2003 Recognition and Retention Plan
(k)
 
 
 
10.10
Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 30, 2011, between the Registrant and the Secretary of the United States Treasury
(f)
 
 
 
10.11
Management Services Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, by and between CS Financial, Inc. and Pacific Trust Bank
(n)
 
 
 
10.12
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Pacific Trust Bank and Jeffrey T. Seabold
(z)
 
 
 
10.12A
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2015, by and among Banc of California, National Association, and Jeffrey T. Seabold
10.12A
 
 
 
10.13
Registrant’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(r)
 
 
 
10.13A
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(s)
 
 
 
10.13B
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(s)
 
 
 
10.13C
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(s)
 
 
 

108



10.13D
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(dd)
 
 
 
10.13E
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employee Equity Ownership Program under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(dd)
 
 
 
10.13F
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(gg)
 
 
 
10.13G
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(gg)
 
 
 
10.13H
Form of Performance Unit Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
10.13H
 
 
 
10.13I
Form of Performance-Based Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
10.13I
 
 
 
10.13J
Form of Performance-Based Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
10.13J
 
 
 
10.13K
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.
10.13K
 
 
 
10.14
Agreement to Assume Liabilities and to Acquire Assets of Branch Banking Offices, dated as of May 31, 2013, between Pacific Trust Bank and AmericanWest Bank
(t)
 
 
 
10.15
Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2013, by and between the Registrant and TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P.
(u)
 
 
 
10.15A
Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2014, by and among Crescent Special Situations Fund (Investor Group), L.P., Crescent Special Situations Fund (Legacy V), L.P., TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. and the Registrant.
(jj)
 
 
 
10.16
Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions, dated as of July 24, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Memorial Health Services
(v)
 
 
 
10.17
Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and The Private Bank of California
(w)
 
 
 
10.18
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and between the Registrant and OCM BOCA Investor, LLC
(aa)
 
 
 
10.18A
Acknowledgment and Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2014 by and between Banc of California, Inc. and OCM BOCA Investor, LLC.
(hh)
 
 
 
10.19
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P., and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P.
(hh)
 
 
 
11.0
Statement regarding computation of per share earnings
(kk)
 
 
 
31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)
31.1
 
 
 
31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer)
31.2
 
 
 
31.3
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Accounting Officer)
31.3
 
 
 
32.0
Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350 Certification
32.0
 
 
 
101.0
The following financial statements and footnotes from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
101.0
 
 
 

109




(a)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(1)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(2)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(3)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(4)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(b)
Filed as Appendix A to the proxy statement/prospectus included in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(c)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(d)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.
(e)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(f)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(g)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 16, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(h)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(i)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(j)
Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on April 25, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(k)
Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on March 21, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.
(l)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(m)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(n)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(o)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(p)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(q)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(r)
Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on June 11, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(s)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on July 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(t)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(u)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(v)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(w)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(x)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(y)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(z)
Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(aa)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(bb)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(cc)
Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(dd)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ee)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ff)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(gg)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(hh)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ii)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference.
(jj)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(kk)
Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
(ll)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference.
(mm)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference.



110



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 
  
BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
 
 
Date: May 8, 2015
  
/s/ Steven A. Sugarman
 
  
Steven A. Sugarman
 
  
Chairman/President/Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Date: May 8, 2015
  
/s/ Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.
 
  
Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.
 
  
Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Date: May 8, 2015
  
/s/ Nathan Duda
 
  
Nathan Duda
 
  
Executive Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer


111